	(164156,5323,'core_values',''),
	(164157,5323,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(164158,5323,'file',''),
	(164159,5323,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(164160,5323,'orderValue4','4'),
	(164161,5323,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(164162,5323,'related_pages_header',''),
	(164163,5323,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(164164,5323,'related_pages',''),
	(164165,5323,'_related_pages','field_59b6434af4880'),
	(164166,5323,'relatedArticles',''),
	(164167,5323,'_relatedArticles','field_59d349d04107c'),
	(98073,5326,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98074,5328,'content','March 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nIn doing so, the DIFC Court of Appeal reversed the finding of the DIFC Court of First Instance which had found that while foreign judgments could be recognised and enforced within the DIFC, they could not then be taken to the Dubai Courts for enforcement purposes.\r\n\r\nThe Court of Appeal judgment was issued on 25 February 2016 in the case of DNB Bank ASA v Gulf Eyadah Corporation &amp; Gulf Navigation Holding PJSC (CA/007/2015). Al Tamimi represented the successful appellant, DNB.\r\n\r\nThis judgment represents a significant change to the long-standing position that it is difficult if not impossible to enforce foreign judgments in the UAE in the absence of a specific treaty obligation relating to the mutual recognition of judgments.\r\n\r\n<strong>Background</strong>\r\n\r\nDNB obtained a judgment against the defendants in the English Commercial Court for around US$8.7m. It then brought proceedings before the DIFC Courts seeking the recognition and enforcement of the English judgment.\r\n\r\nThe defendants contested the jurisdiction of the DIFC Courts to hear DNB’s claim, arguing that there were no assets in the DIFC against which the English judgment could be enforced and there was no other connection with the DIFC that could justify the proceedings.\r\n\r\nThe defendants also argued that the proceedings were an abuse of process because DNB’s aim was to have the English judgment recognised and enforced by the DIFC Courts in order to then take it to the Dubai Courts for enforcement outside the DIFC, relying on the reciprocal enforcement mechanism available under Article 7 of the Judicial Authority Law (Dubai Law No. 12 of 2004 as amended by Dubai Law No. 16 of 2011). Those provisions provided for, among other things, the reciprocal enforcement of judgment orders between the DIFC Courts and the Dubai Courts. This, the defendants argued, was abusive as it sought to avoid initial engagement with the Dubai Courts and their more restrictive approach to the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments in Dubai.\r\n\r\nAt first instance, H.E. Justice Ali Al Madhani dismissed both complaints. He held that the DIFC Courts had jurisdiction to recognise and enforce English judgments, and that such jurisdiction was not dependent on establishing the existence of any assets in, or other connection with, the DIFC.\r\n\r\nThe judge also dismissed the defendants’ abuse of process complaint, but for a reason not argued by either side. He found that it would not be possible to enforce the foreign judgment order in the DIFC Courts and then take it to the Dubai Courts for enforcement. On that basis, the abusive behaviour which was asserted by the defendants was not possible.\r\n\r\nArticle 7(2) of the Judicial Authority Law provides for the enforcement in the Dubai Courts of:\r\n\r\n“judgments, decisions and orders rendered by the [DIFC] Courts and the Arbitral Awards ratified by the [DIFC] Courts”.\r\n\r\nIn the Court of First Instance, the judge noted that while recognised foreign arbitral awards were referred to in this provision, ”recognised foreign judgments” were not. Recognised foreign judgments did not therefore fall within the reciprocal enforcement provisions of the Judicial Authority Law. As a result, it was not possible, in his view, to enforce a foreign judgment in the DIFC Courts and then take it to the Dubai Courts for enforcement.\r\n\r\nAlthough it was the successful party in the jurisdiction application brought by the defendants, DNB appealed on the basis that the reasoning in the decision might establish an issue estoppel in the defendants’ favour which would prevent DNB from taking the resulting order of the DIFC Courts to the Dubai Courts for enforcement. The issue was, in any event, an issue of significant legal importance.\r\n\r\nThe defendants cross-appealed against the findings on jurisdiction, abuse of process and costs. The jurisdiction and abuse cross-appeals were abandoned at the hearing. Despite this, the Court of Appeal dealt with them in its judgment. It found that it would entertain DNB’s appeal against the decision as the issue was one of legal significance. In doing so, the Court of Appeal applied English authorities on the circumstances in which there is jurisdiction to hear a winner’s appeal.\r\n\r\nThe Court of Appeal, comprised of Chief Justice Michael Hwang SC, Justice Sir David Steel and H.E. Justice Omar Al Muhairi, confirmed that it had jurisdiction to recognise and enforce foreign judgments within the DIFC under Article 24(1) of the DIFC Court Law and Articles 5(A)(1)(e) and 7(6) of the Judicial Authority Law. The presence of assets in the DIFC was not a precondition to the DIFC Courts exercising jurisdiction.\r\n\r\nThe Court of Appeal also confirmed that the proceedings were not abusive, but for different reasons than those relied on by the original judge. By analogy with the DIFC Courts’ decisions on the recognition and enforcement of arbitration awards, there was nothing wrong with using the DIFC Courts as a “conduit” jurisdiction.\r\n\r\nOn the central issue, DNB’s position was that the original judge had erred in finding that the judgment resulting from recognition and enforcement proceedings in the DIFC would be a “recognised foreign judgment” and as such not covered by Article 7(2) of the Judicial Authority Law. The DIFC Courts adopt the common law, rather than the civil law, approach to the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. This position is recorded in a non-binding Memorandum of Guidance signed by the English Commercial Court and the DIFC Courts in 2013. Similar memoranda have subsequently been signed with courts of other jurisdictions. Under common law principles, the resulting judgment would be an independent judgment of the DIFC Courts i.e. a substantive DIFC Court judgment, not a “recognised foreign judgment”. As such, it was a “judgment” within the meaning of Article 7(2) of the Judicial Authority Law and so would be available for referral to, and enforcement by, the Dubai Courts.\r\n\r\nThe Court of Appeal accepted this position. Drawing support from decisions from around the Commonwealth, it found that the result of the claim for enforcement of a foreign judgment would be an independent judgment of the DIFC Courts. This would fall within the term “judgments, decisions and orders rendered by the [DIFC] Courts” set out in Article 7(2).\r\n\r\nLike any other judgment of the DIFC Courts, it could be enforced in the Dubai Courts under Article 7 of the Judicial Authority Law. There was therefore no need for Article 7 to provide for enforcement of “recognised foreign judgments”. By contrast, “recognised foreign awards” had to be referred to because the process for recognition of a foreign arbitration award did not necessarily result in judgment in terms of the award.\r\n\r\nThe result of this Court of Appeal decision is that foreign judgment orders may now be recognised and enforced in the DIFC Courts and the resulting orders of the DIFC Courts taken to the Dubai Courts for enforcement.\r\n\r\nAl Tamimi &amp; Company instructed Tom Montagu-Smith of XXIV Old Buildings to appear for DNB Bank at the Court of Appeal hearing. A similar version of this article appears on Tom’s website.'),
	(164092,5328,'core_values',''),
	(164093,5328,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(164094,5328,'file',''),
	(164095,5328,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(98093,5328,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98094,5328,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','2'),
	(98095,5328,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98096,5328,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','410'),
	(98097,5328,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(98098,5328,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(98099,5328,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(98100,5328,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','In a widely awaited judgment, the DIFC Court of Appeal has confirmed that parties may enforce foreign judgments in the DIFC and then take the resulting DIFC Court order to the Dubai Courts for execution outside the DIFC.'),
	(98221,5335,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','918'),
	(98222,5335,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98223,5335,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(98224,5335,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(98225,5335,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','In the UAE, sales promotions, including sales as well as competitions and prize draws (prize campaigns, sweepstakes, raffles, and instant prizes, etc.), are regulated on an emirate-by-emirate level in each of the seven emirates that make up the UAE.'),
	(98312,5340,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','l.shelkovnikova@tamimi.com'),
	(98335,5341,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','l.shelkovnikova@tamimi.com'),
	(98313,5340,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(98314,5340,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(98315,5340,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98316,5340,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(98317,5340,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98318,5340,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Major mergers and acquisitions often take place during periods of market slowdown, where the purchase price for the assets in question, be it shares, real estate or an operational business, is favourable and acquisition opportunities are more diverse.'),
	(98440,5347,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(98441,5347,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5326'),
	(98442,5347,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(98443,5347,'content_description','As an international tourist hotspot, new and well-known hotel brands are constantly popping up in Dubai. '),
	(98444,5347,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(98445,5347,'pageSummary','As an international tourist hotspot, new and well-known hotel brands are constantly popping up in Dubai.'),
	(98446,5347,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98447,5347,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/march-9/prominent-trademarks-in-the-uae-hospitality-sector.html'),
	(98448,5347,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98449,5347,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','896'),
	(98450,5347,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98451,5347,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(98452,5347,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(98453,5347,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','As an international tourist hotspot, new and well-known hotel brands are constantly popping up in Dubai.'),
	(98454,5348,'content','March 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nFrom the ruins of the Persian Empire in Persepolis in the Southern Fars Province, to the Mountains of Sabalan and Damavand in the north and the torquise waters of the Gulf to the South, this ancient land has never ceased to intrigue.  With a large and young population, relatively high GDP per capita, and a strategic location, Iran has strong potential to become a leading, well-educated economic and tourism market globally. The recent major lifting of the crippling sanctions imposed on Iran’s key energy and financial sectors has already shifted the attention of global business leaders to the largest closed market to open for decades. In the year and months leading up to the implementation of the agreement that has effectively ushered in the new business opportunities, Iran has seen the inflow of interest from international business looking to either re-engage, or engage for the first time, with Iran in a cross section of sectors.\r\n\r\nIn the tourism and hospitality sector alone, the country will undoubtedly expect a marked growth in the inflow of tourists / travellers in a full range of segmentations – such as cultural, religious, medical, eco-tourism and adventure – business tourism alone demands a great deal of consideration in the aftermath of the removal of sanctions. Today, Iran and the capital Tehran in particular, is home to only a handful of locally branded hotels that have to some extent met the global hospitality standards. By contrast, Turkey as an immediate neighbouring country of similar size houses more than 20 internationally and 5 star branded hotels. The lack of internationally branded accommodation and quality business hotels is indeed an immediate market opportunity and a critical shortcoming in the coming years and beyond. The current predicament has not always been the case. Prior to the Iranian revolution in 1979, Tehran’s hotel market had one of the highest penetrations of international hotel operators in the region, when it was home to IHG, Hyatt, Hilton Sheraton and Starwood, all of whom operated properties in prime locations within the city. Following the revolution, the industry witnessed decades of stagnation, which was compounded by the onset of the (1980-1988) Iraq-Iran war which made owners and investors reluctant to maintain and improve properties and to invest in new hospitality projects. Of course the post-revolutionary expropriation of foreign-owned assets in the hospitality sector was a major deterrent for any new inward investment.\r\n\r\nThe departure of international hotel operators had a profound impact on the management of the hotels in Tehran, which until recently, with the opening of a few locally branded hotels, tended to be old-fashioned and lacking in key techniques such as yield management. Furthermore, historically service levels in the hotels were generally poor, due in part to a shortage of suitably trained talent and a lack of quality hospitality and tourism training facilities in the country. The latter has been in part due to Iran’s over-reliance on the public sector in recent years which has effectively owned and operated the tourism properties. In fact, most of the international brands that were once present in Tehran were expropriated by the revolutionary government and were in turn owned and managed by quasi-governmental entities such as the various “foundations” without any formal internationally accepted industry knowledge.\r\n\r\nThe current administration under President Rouhani is now keen to re-prioritize Iran’s Travel and Tourism sector. Under Iran’s 2025 vision, the government has planned for certain key structural improvements (through incentives) for the privatisation of the hotel and hospitality industry. Accordingly, with a sudden tourism boom that is expected, an indication of which is the almost exponential expansion of airline routes to various destinations within Iran from regional hubs like the UAE led by Emirates Airlines (four full flights per day into Tehran alone), Fly Dubai and Air Arabia, as well as internationally, hotel Average Daily Rates (ADR) – as one of the most important indicators for hotel valuation and feasibility assessments – will surely witness an organic growth to reach close to regional standards. Iran is also upgrading its own fleet of aircraft by deals with Airbus and expected deals with Boeing. As a result, hotel development projects will begin to attract a significant share of investments initially from the domestic private sector, with foreign / regional investment to follow. The government has already undertaken concrete measures in that respect with the privatisation of the formerly publicly owned properties in Tehran, such as the former Hilton and Hyatt brands under the management of the “Parsian Group”.\r\n\r\nIn terms of Foreign Direct Investment, the government has provided a series of incentives through the law on foreign investment in Iran named Foreign Investment Promotion and Protection Act (FIPPA). These incentives include a 50% full term tax reduction on income, loan structure and eligibility of government funding, property ownership rights including 100% ownership in free zones, unlimited reparation of profit capital and dividends from the country and security of ownership. This presents an immediate opportunity for international hotel operators through the rebranding of existing properties in the city, particularly the four and five star hotels. The rebranding of existing properties has a number of advantages including immediate market penetration, market leader positioning and direct cash flows from an existing hotel asset. With Iran now effectively being reintegrated into the global banking system (SWIFT) after the lifting of sanctions, the concerns over the ability of hotel operators to repatriate funds out of the country, or the initial cash injection into the proposed project is largely mitigated even thought there is still some apprehension on the part of regional and international banks to fully support the industry and re-engage with Iran. The laws governing direct foreign investment into Iran aim at alleviating some of the traditional concerns respecting the security of investment, repatriation of capital and profit, a lack of a transparent legal framework and a fair operational environment. In particular, whether the foreign investor enters the Iranian market on “Build-Operate-Transfer” (BOT) model, FDI or Joint Venture schemes with an Iranian counterpart, the government, via the instruments of the law on foreign investment (FIPPA), is intent on reducing the red tape of setting up companies, easing the facilitation of procurement of various operational licenses, and a sovereign guarantee in the event of expropriation or nationalization as well as the establishment of a one stop shop for foreign investors (Organization for Investment, Economic and Technical Assistance of Iran (OIETAI) in addition to laws on Public-Private Partnerships (PPP). The Government and indeed the City Municipalities may well be prepared to enter joint ventures under which they supply land and appropriate licences/consent in return for a slice of the action.\r\n\r\nIran is also a signatory to over 60 Bilateral Investment Treaties (BIT) all designed to encourage and protect the investment of foreigners.\r\n\r\nIt is against this backdrop that the French Accor Group acting as an operator officially signed two inaugural properties in Tehran with owning firm Aria Ziggurat Tourism Development Company of Iran. The two properties, Novotel and Ibis open their doors in October of 2016 at the site of the Tehran International Airport (IKA) being the first international hotel brands to have entered the Iranian hospitality market in 36 years post the Islamic revolution. Other international brands are looking at the huge growth potential in Iran. In particular, the UAE-based hospitality firm Rotana, has also signed management agreements for four hotels in Iran, two in Tehran (opening in 2018) and two in Mashad (opening in 2017). President Rouhani’s ambitious plan to attract 20 million visitors to Iran by 2025, is being heeded by the international investors in the hospitality sector. However, the leisure travel to Iran is unlikely to lead the pack save and except for emerging tour operators who would typically package travel to the key destinations within the country. Rather it will be the regional and international corporate travel that will drive the growth in the medium term. Additionally, Iran has the potential to be the natural “halal destination”, a feature that is uniquely attractive to Muslim travellers, and should be to potential foreign investors in this sector. This is indeed a significant factor given that Thomson Reuters has valued the global halal tourism market at $140 billion in 2013 and has predicted it to rise to at least $238 billion by 2019. Perhaps it is no surprise that the UAE based Rotana Group’s upcoming Iranian properties, 4 and 5 stars alcohol free Rayhaan-branded properties will be in both Tehran and Mashad with the latter destination attracting large numbers of Muslim pilgrims and religious tourists.\r\n\r\nDespite the promises offered by the region’s last frontier market, there are still challenges facing foreign investment in Iran’s hospitality sector. While regional and international brands like Accor and Rotana, who have pioneered entry into the market, have surely benefited from a prior established and good relationship with their Iranian property owners/ counterparts, the same may not prove to be the case for others following suit. It is, therefore, imperative to have proper and sophisticated local knowledge and advice on the legal and commercial nuances of the Iranian landscape, including an ability to properly assess potential local business partners in Iran. Other challenges include the high and unpredictably volatile land prices in the country, in particular the capital, Tehran, which can prove to be prohibitive for new hospitality development projects. There are however, local entities in Iran that have large portfolios of land, both in the private sector and the public (including the Municipalities in Tehran and other major cities) who are in principle eager to enter into business partnership with the foreign investors and operators on a variety of models including a syndicated investment model that can offer the protections available under the FIPPA law. A further challenge, albeit one that will be ameliorated in time, is the scarcity of local talent with international standards of training in the hospitality sector. While Iran does have a young and highly educated population, with about 70 percent being under the age of 30, the absence of international brands in the market has not necessitated the requisite training and acquisition of skill sets, particularly in the service sector.\r\n\r\nIn light of the foregoing, perhaps the best early approach for the uninitiated foreign investor entering Iran’s hospitality sector is to consider entering into management agreements for the re-branding and operation of the existing portfolio of properties in major cities including Tehran. This will allow for an immediate, soft market entry that can be the basis for future de novo direct investment in the development of new hotel / hospitality projects in Iran. In any event, the need for sophisticated local knowledge of Iran’s legal and business landscape is paramount in order to mitigate the inherent risks associated with entering a frontier market. Fortune favours the brave, but the brave should not be foolish.'),
	(163417,5348,'core_values',''),
	(163418,5348,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(163419,5348,'file',''),
	(163420,5348,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(163421,5348,'orderValue4','4'),
	(163422,5348,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(163423,5348,'related_pages_header',''),
	(163424,5348,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(98459,5348,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(98455,5348,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(98456,5348,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5326'),
	(98457,5348,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(98458,5348,'content_description','Iran sits at the cross roads of civilizations. Once, the seat of the great Persian Empire with its rich, ancient and enchanting historical narrative, the country has always retained a lasting allure to the visitor. '),
	(98460,5348,'pageSummary','Iran sits at the cross roads of civilizations. Once, the seat of the great Persian Empire with its rich, ancient and enchanting historical narrative, the country has always retained a lasting allure to the visitor.'),
	(98461,5348,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98462,5348,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/march-9/new-frontiers-in-an-ancient-land-irans-emerging-hospitality-market.html'),
	(98463,5348,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98464,5348,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Hamid Mojtahedi'),
	(98465,5348,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(98466,5348,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','h.mojtahedi@tamimi.com'),
	(98467,5348,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(98468,5348,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(98469,5348,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98470,5348,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(98471,5348,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98472,5348,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Iran sits at the cross roads of civilizations. Once, the seat of the great Persian Empire with its rich, ancient and enchanting historical narrative, the country has always retained a lasting allure to the visitor.'),
	(98473,5349,'content','March 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nThe tourism industry is likely to develop and grow as the government is keen to attract both domestic and foreign tourists. Encouraging tourism from outside the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is a relatively, new concept as tourist visas have only been available since 2013. However a number of initiatives are now in place to boost tourism, the main initiative being a new tourism law.\r\n\r\nThere has, for some time, been a need for regulation within the industry and change has been eagerly anticipated. The new Tourism Regulation promulgated by Royal Decree No. 2 dated 09/01/1436H corresponding to 25 October 2014 (“Regulation”), together with its Implementing Regulations (collectively known as  the “Tourism Law”) comes into force in May this year. It replaces the Hotel Regulation issued by Royal Decree M/27 dated 11/04/1395H corresponding to 23 April 1975.\r\n\r\nThe Tourism Law seeks to regulate the entire industry within KSA and is applicable to dealings with both domestic and foreign tourists. Furthermore, it serves as an anchor and interaction between the different sectors within the industry.  It also seeks to regulate the relationship between service providers and consumers. This will enable a conducive atmosphere for development in order for tourism to thrive within the Kingdom providing investment opportunities for Saudis and foreigners alike.\r\n\r\nThe implementation of the Tourism Law confirms the support of the government to the industry, and development of tourism generally within the Kingdom is intended to become  a key contributor to the economy, according to His Royal Highness Prince Sultan bin Salman bin Abdul Aziz, President (“President”) of the Saudi Commission for Tourism and National Heritage (“Commission”). The President further considers that the Tourism Law will create jobs and will address an increased demand for domestic tourism. It is understood that in formulating the new Tourism Law, the Kingdom has drawn on the experience of many other countries with an already well-established tourism infrastructure.\r\n\r\nThe Regulation deals with specific sectors and is implemented by seven Implementing Regulations, as follows:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Tourist Accommodation Reservations and Marketing</li>\r\n 	<li>Tour Agents (including the provision of services incidental to providing tours)</li>\r\n 	<li>Travel and Tourism Agents (all services incidental to tourism)</li>\r\n 	<li>Tourist Accommodation</li>\r\n 	<li>Tourist Guides</li>\r\n 	<li>Committee for Overseeing Tourism Regulation Infringement</li>\r\n 	<li>Tourist Destinations</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAll activities that fall within the tourism industry are now regulated.  Anyone wishing to carry out business activities within the industry must be appropriately licensed by the Commission and hold all relevant approvals. With the exception of tourist guides (which are limited to Saudi Nationals), any GCC or foreign entity or person can carry out a tourism activity. This is a significant change, as previously, tourism business activities were mostly limited to Saudi nationals or Saudi-owned entities. As long as an applicant meets the criteria set out in the Implementing Regulations and has not had a previous licence revoked within the last five years, a licence is available. Licences are valid for three years, are personal to the applicant and cannot be assigned or transferred.\r\n\r\nThe role of the Commission is affirmed in the Tourism Law, as a monitoring authority that oversees prices, practices, licences and many other aspects of the industry. The Commission will be responsible for grading, supervising and conducting inspections to ensure that licensees are compliant with the Tourism Law. By enabling the Commission to set relevant grading levels, it will ensure that quality is preserved and that licensees meet internationally-set standards, thereby allowing favourable comparisons against service providers outside KSA. The Commission also functions as an enforcement authority that has the power to penalise offenders in accordance with the Tourism Law. Anyone in violation of the Tourism Law may be subject to a fine ranging from SAR 1,000 – 50,000, and or cancellation of their licence. The Commission has the power to multiply fines in the case of repeat offenders. The Tourism Law authorises the Commission to determine the criteria for the publication of any printed or electronic material including articles, books, maps, guide books, pictures or posters to promote tourism. This will ensure that a positive impression is given with regard to the Kingdom, and will encourage Saudi nationals to explore more of their own country, whilst also attracting international tourists.\r\n\r\nEven though the Tourism Law has been approved and published, the classifications referred to in the initial five Implementing Regulations are not stated or defined within them and have not yet been made publically available. It is understood that the Implementing Regulations are a framework from which the Commission’s authorities and powers stem. The Commission will have the ability and discretion to issue and amend the classifications as and when they deem it appropriate. Hotel accommodation was previously classified in accordance with the classifications stated in the Hotel Regulation, however the replacement classifications are currently unknown.\r\n\r\nThe Commission will now have a tourism data centre that will compile all information related to the Kingdom’s tourism industry, which must be collected from licensees. This information will be shared with other relevant ministries within the Kingdom, such as the Ministry of Interior. As well as having to share relevant information with the Commission, the Tourism Law places additional obligations on licensees, including an obligation to meet Saudization requirements in respect of employees, and having to register information with regard to all employees with the Commission.  In addition, every licensee must display its services and prices in a visible location at its premises, or online at the Commission’s discretion, to ensure transparency and encourage healthy competition. There is now an emphasis on consumer protection and all consumers will have access to a complaints procedure.\r\n\r\nIn accordance with Article 5(1) of the Regulation, non GCC tourists are required to obtain a tourist visa where applicable to enter KSA. Tourist visas are a relatively new concept in Saudi Arabia as visas were usually only granted for work, business or religious purposes. Previously, few tourist visas were issued, however it is envisaged that the number will now increase.\r\n\r\nThe Tourism Law specifically deals with development of tourist destinations, both within cities and other destinations such as beaches, islands and deserts. It emphasises the need for and the ability of the Commission to coordinate with different authorities where tourist destinations are concerned. Many tourist locations are protected sites owned by the State, and the Kingdom is particularly keen to develop and promote these sites further. This will be done through direct investment from the government and through commercial arrangements with the private sector.  Saudi Arabia now has four World Heritage Sites, in addition to the holy sites of Makkah and Medina. It also has the Red Sea, which is home to an abundance of varied marine life, as well as beautiful mountains and oases.\r\n\r\nSaudi Arabia is now officially open to foreign investment in the tourism market after years of restriction. This move is in line with the Kingdom’s strategy to increase competition in the market and to support sustainable development. The tourism sector is believed to be the second biggest potential creator of jobs within the Kingdom and there is a large emphasis within the Tourism Law on creating employment opportunities for Saudi nationals.  The President has stated that the Commission will not support any tourism or heritage project that fails to consider this. Therefore, any foreign investor hoping to take advantage of the opportunities within the Kingdom must demonstrate a viable Saudization Plan, both to the Foreign Investment Authority and the Commission. Notwithstanding this, Saudi Arabia is aiming to consolidate the tourism sector and attract foreign investment across the entire industry.'),
	(163383,5349,'core_values',''),
	(163384,5349,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(98474,5349,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(98483,5349,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','785'),
	(98475,5349,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5326'),
	(98476,5349,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(98477,5349,'content_description','Saudi Arabia is actively encouraging foreign investment across most industries and tourism is no exception. '),
	(98478,5349,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(98479,5349,'pageSummary','Saudi Arabia is actively encouraging foreign investment across most industries and tourism is no exception.'),
	(98480,5349,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98481,5349,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/march-9/the-new-tourism-law-and-saudi-arabias-renewed-commitment-to-tourism.html'),
	(98482,5349,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98484,5349,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98485,5349,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','793'),
	(98486,5349,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98487,5349,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(98488,5349,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(98489,5349,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Saudi Arabia is actively encouraging foreign investment across most industries and tourism is no exception.'),
	(98490,5350,'content','March 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nThere are large tracts of land in the main urban areas of the Kingdom which lie undeveloped. By some estimates these comprise up to 30% of some of these urban areas.\r\n\r\nAs land prices have generally been increasing across the Kingdom in recent years some developers and land owners have made strategic decisions to purchase and hold these undeveloped urban lots, but not to develop them.\r\n\r\n<strong>So why has a land tax been introduced? </strong>\r\n\r\nThe aptly named Tax Law on Vacant Lands itself states the following aims:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Increase the availability of land for development in order to achieve a balance between supply and demand;</li>\r\n 	<li>Provide residential land at a reasonable cost; and</li>\r\n 	<li>Encourage fair competition and combat monopolistic practices.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAll of these aims are consistent with the Saudi Arabian government’s policies of stimulating development and increasing affordable housing across the Kingdom.\r\n\r\n<strong>Cost of the land tax </strong>\r\n\r\nAn annual tax will be levied on vacant lands owned by non-government persons at the rate of 2.5% of the value of the land, payable per annum.\r\n\r\nThough not an unreasonably high amount in itself (when compared to other similar land taxes in other jurisdictions), when vacant land remains non-income producing the incentive to develop the land will become apparent fairly quickly.\r\n\r\n<strong>Commencement of the law and its implementing regulations awaited</strong>\r\n\r\nSome of the details are yet to be finalised. The Saudi Arabian government has been carrying out consultations across the Kingdom before finalising the Implementing Regulations.\r\n\r\nThe Implementing Regulations are to be promulgated by decision of the Cabinet around mid-2016. They will cover details such as:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>The timeframe for the gradual implementation of the tax;</li>\r\n 	<li>Guidelines for determining which land holdings, and the extent thereof, will be subject to the tax;</li>\r\n 	<li>Criteria upon which the applicability of the tax is dependent; and</li>\r\n 	<li>The controls necessary to ensure the fair application of the tax and prevent tax evasion, etc.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nDesignation of which lands fall within the ‘urban boundaries’ is presently under consideration. Candidates for such lands will likely be within built-up areas and which have access to services and utilities.\r\n\r\nThe Tax Law on Vacant Lands will commence in force after it has been published in the official gazette of the Kingdom (which is expected to occur in June 2016).  The Implementing Regulations will commence 180 days after they have been published (also expected in June 2016), so likely in early 2017.\r\n\r\n<strong>Penalties, objections and appeals </strong>\r\n\r\nThe penalty for violation of the law is a fine of up to the amount of tax due on an owner’s land without prejudice to his obligation to pay the land tax assessed.\r\n\r\nA land owner may object to an assessment within a specified time to a new committee set up for that purpose.  If unsatisfied with the result there are appeal rights against a notice that land is taxable or on the amount of any land tax assessment.\r\n\r\nPrecisely how land is to be valued will be a key consideration, as will the minimum requirements to develop such land to put it beyond the scope of the land tax.\r\n\r\nThe Implementing Regulations will set out guidelines for the appraisal of lands and will specify the authority responsible for appraisals. Those guidelines shall include land location, use, building code, and factors affecting the availability of public services and public utilities access.\r\n\r\n<strong>How can you be prepared?</strong>\r\n\r\nThe impact of the land tax will need to be considered in any legal due diligence and feasibility analysis for land purchases in the Kingdom. Also sales contracts will need to address land tax, valuations and the objection / appeal process.\r\n\r\nWith low oil prices could this new tax be a sign of other property taxes to come?  We can’t be certain, though this tax is more about stimulating land development and increasing the supply of affordable housing than simply revenue raising. However it would be prudent to ensure that any future taxes are clearly addressed in sale agreements and in leases in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.'),
	(163349,5350,'core_values',''),
	(163350,5350,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(163351,5350,'file',''),
	(98516,5351,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98517,5351,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/march-9/military-leave-under-egyptian-employment-law.html'),
	(98518,5351,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98519,5351,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','740'),
	(98520,5351,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98521,5351,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(98522,5351,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(98523,5351,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Despite the removal of references to “socialism” and “socialist” terms from the 1971 Constitution and the absence of these words in the current 2014 Constitution, Egyptian laws still adopt socialist principles and it can be said that Egypt remains socialist country.'),
	(98524,5352,'content','March 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nThis article considers the key considerations in respect of Book 5.\r\n\r\nRecently, the CMA has trended towards taking a more stringent approach towards the activities that require to be regulated and who can perform these activities.\r\n\r\nBook 5 outlines various matters including:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the types of activities considered as “securities activities” (Article 1-2);</li>\r\n 	<li>a description of the licensing conditions (Article 1-3);</li>\r\n 	<li>the requirements and procedures for applying and obtaining or renewing a license to perform the regulated securities activities (Article 1-4, 1-7, 1-12);</li>\r\n 	<li>the definitions of the professionals who perform the regulated securities activities (Article 1-23 to 1-41);</li>\r\n 	<li>the capital requirements for the entities performing certain activities (Annex No. 1);</li>\r\n 	<li>academic qualifications for specialized professional roles which conduct these activities (Annex No. 3); and</li>\r\n 	<li>the application forms for obtaining or canceling the licenses it requires for these activities to be performed in Kuwait (Annex No. 4 through Annex 10).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nWe now consider the most important provisions of Book 5 an entity should take into consideration before conducting securities activities in Kuwait.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nThe following securities activities require a license by the CMA (Article 1-2):\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Stock Exchange brokerage activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Clearing Agency activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Investment portfolio management;</li>\r\n 	<li>Collective investment system management;</li>\r\n 	<li>Investment advisor activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Underwriting agent activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Custodian activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Market maker activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Activities by a Securities broker registered in the stock exchange;</li>\r\n 	<li>Activities by a Securities broker unregistered in the stock exchange;</li>\r\n 	<li>Investment controller activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Credit rating agency activities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Asset Valuation; and</li>\r\n 	<li>Any other activities determined by the Authority.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIt is important to note the last item above, which reserves wide discretion for the CMA to deem any activity not outlined in the bylaws as being regulated and to require a license. Moreover, subject to other provisions in the bylaws, a single person or entity may apply for more than one license. In other words, the activities may be combined by one person or entity (Article 1-3). However, the CMA does reserve the right to prohibit the combination of activities to a single licensed person or entities.\r\n\r\nThe license application requirements set out in Book 5 are a general requirement for all who seek to obtain a license (Article 1-4, 1-5). The CMA, however, may exempt certain applicants from certain requirements or impose additional requirements at its discretion (Article 1-6).\r\n\r\nBook 5 stipulates a number of special conditions for certain regulated activities. These activities tend to be of particular interest to foreign companies and multinational firms intending on or already performing regulated securities activities in Kuwait.  Among these are the activities of an Investment Advisor and Asset Valuator, (as defined under Article 1-27 and Article 1-39). Book 5 sets out additional conditions to regulate Investment Advisor and Asset Valuator activities being  specific academic and professional qualifications, practical threshold experience requirements and requiring a minimum number of licensed representatives.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nIn some scenarios, foreign and multinational financial advisory firms are engaged by Kuwaiti financial institutions and companies to arrange a cross-border or local transaction, for example, a sell-side or buy-side acquisition. These transactions will often require the services of an investment advisor and/or an asset valuator during the transactional cycle. Book 5 appears to require the actual persons or entities performing these specific activities to be licensed, not necessarily the foreign company or multinational firm quarterbacking the transaction. In such circumstances, the foreign entity may provide its expert advice on how the transaction is arranged and executed.  However, a CMA licensed company or individual is then brought in to perform the actual regulated activities surrounding the securities that are the subject of the transaction. Foreign and multinational financial advisory firms should be ever diligent in drawing the line between providing overall transaction advice and delving into regulated activities in order to mitigate the risks of running afoul of the CMA’s regulations.\r\n\r\nIn summary, Book 5 outlines the securities activities that are under the regulatory purview of the CMA and which require entities to obtain a license from the CMA in order to engage in the same.  We strongly advise firms looking to engage in any of the securities activities referenced in Article 1-2 of Book 5 in the State of Kuwait to ensure that they are not violating the licensing requirements of the CMA.'),
	(163281,5352,'core_values',''),
	(163282,5352,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(98671,5361,'content_description','Part 1: Trademarks '),
	(98672,5361,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(98673,5361,'pageSummary','Part 1: Trademarks'),
	(98674,5361,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98675,5361,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/april-9/an-overview-of-ip-laws-in-egypt.html'),
	(98676,5361,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98677,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Munir Suboh'),
	(98678,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(98679,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','m.suboh@tamimi.com'),
	(98680,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(98681,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(98682,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98683,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_1_lawUpdateAuthorName','Hassane Hassan'),
	(98684,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_1_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(98685,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_1_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','h.hassan@tamimi.com'),
	(98686,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_1_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(98687,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_1_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(98688,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_1_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98689,5361,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','2'),
	(98690,5361,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98691,5361,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','634'),
	(98692,5361,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(98693,5361,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(98694,5361,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(98695,5361,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company set out a brief overview of procedures, options, timeframes and the challenges that brand owners can face when protecting their brand and initiating enforcement proceedings in Egypt.'),
	(98696,5362,'content','April 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nIn February 2016, His Highness Sheikh Mohammad Bin Rashid Al Maktoum, Vice President and Prime Minister of the United Arab Emirates and the Emir of Dubai, announced a major Cabinet change. Amongst the changes, was the announcement that the UAE Ministry of Environment and Water will be reorganised and renamed as the Ministry of Climate Change and Environment. In the UAE there will be a greater focus on emissions and pollution and the renamed Ministry of Climate Change and Environment will re-orientate its priorities around climate issues.\r\n\r\nAs far as the aviation industry is concerned, the issue of a consensus on how to deal with the limitation of aviation emissions is reaching a crucial phase, and it will be a major topic for discussion and possible agreement at the forthcoming 2016 International Civil Aviation Organisation (‘ICAO’) General Assembly in Montreal in September 2016.\r\n\r\nICAO’s Governing Council is set to adopt a new carbon dioxide emissions standard for civil aviation and it may well be proposed that this new standard will come into effect from as early as 2020. The standard which the ICAO Committee on Aviation Environmental Protection has unanimously recommended, will apply to new aircraft designs starting from 2020. New deliveries of all aircraft types under current production will be required to adopt the new standard from 2023, with a phasing scheme which will have a ‘cut off’ point in 2028.\r\n\r\nThe proposed standard will be especially stringent for large and long haul aircraft, given that ICAO claims that 90 percent of international aviation emissions are generated by larger aircraft over 60 tonnes.\r\n\r\nThe new rules will be submitted to the ICAO Assembly in September for endorsement and subsequently the new standard will be put to the 36 member ICAO Council in early 2017 for agreement and implementation. The ICAO Council President, Mr. Olumuyiwa Bernard Aliu, has explained that “every step has been taken in support of ICAO’s full basket of measures for environmental improvement and that negotiations have taken several years to conclude, so that there will be guaranteed reductions in carbon dioxide emissions.”\r\n\r\nIt is worth stepping back to give a brief overview of the controversial history on how the aviation industry has sought to tackle aviation emissions and in particular how we have arrived at the present position. The encouraging atmosphere of negotiation and compromise has certainly moved on since global tensions erupted after the European Commission added international airlines to its Emissions Trading Scheme, and subsequently agreed to ‘stop the clock’ on implementing this scheme on non-EU operators. ICAO subsequently, in 2013, committed to tackle the impasse between the EU and other states by setting up working groups to address the technical and political dimensions of how to control and limit emissions. A mandate was given to ICAO to agree to the design of a global mechanism at its next ICAO Assembly in 2016 for introduction in 2020.\r\n\r\nThe original EU aviation Emissions Trading Scheme (Directive 2008/101/EC) (‘Aviation ETS’) was published on 16 January 2009 and entered into force on 2 February 2009. The Aviation ETS introduced a system with legally binding Monitoring and Reporting Guidelines for airlines to record their emissions and requirements for airlines to show ‘tonne-kilometre data’ at the same time, with various time limits for general implementation across the airline industry.\r\n\r\nThe Aviation ETS was designed to apply to all aircraft operators worldwide whose flights were to arrive at, or depart from, an EU airport from 1 January 2012 (subject to certain thresholds and exemptions) so that, from 2012, flights arriving from and departing to third country destinations as well as intra-EU flights would fall within the scope of the scheme.\r\n\r\nThe original idea was that the scheme would operate in trading periods and each trading period would cover 5 years, with the first trading period for aviation starting in 2012. The overall aim of the scheme was to cap carbon dioxide emissions from airlines by using a ‘cap and trade scheme’ within the framework of a general Emissions Trading Scheme (‘General ETS’) throughout the EU.\r\n\r\nThe General ETS, which started on 1 January 2005, covers almost 11,500 industrial installations within the EU, which together are responsible for nearly half of all carbon dioxide emissions. Operators of these installations receive emissions allowances giving them the right to emit at certain level of the carbon dioxide a year. The total of these allowances creates a ‘cap’ on overall emissions from these installations, and each year the operators of the installations must surrender a number of allowances equal to the actual emissions in that year. The incentive for the market in which these allowances can be traded enables participating companies to manage their emissions cost effectively. The intention of including the aviation sector in the General ETS was to allow aircraft operators to be allocated emissions allowances, thus providing a permanent incentive to reduce their climate impact, and provide flexibility to buy or sell allowances as necessary.\r\n\r\nSeveral airlines outside of the EU fundamentally objected to their unilateral inclusion within the Aviation ETS and at the last tri-annual ICAO Assembly in September 2013, member states agreed to consider an alternative global market-based measure (MBM) to address airline industry emissions growth and to try and convince states to put aside their differences and agree a common road map. As a result, the member states at the ICAO Assembly in September 2013 agreed to report back at the next Assembly in September 2016 with a proposal for a global MBM scheme for international aviation that could be implemented by 2020. Negotiations have been taking place ever since 2013 in order to achieve this, and the proposal to adopt a new industry standard at the ICAO Assembly in September 2016 is a direct result.\r\n\r\nNevertheless, there are consistently differing views on how any future MBM scheme will operate in practice. The International Airline Travel Association (IATA) has made it clear that it would prefer the MBM to take the form of a mandatory carbon offsetting scheme to be applied to emissions growth post-2020 using the industry’s average annual emissions between 2018 and 2020 as a baseline. Its proposal includes provisions to recognise early movers, to accommodate new market entrant airlines allowing them to get their operations off the ground, and to take account of fast growing carriers. Other options on the table at the ICAO Assembly include the revenue generating carbon offsetting scheme where funds raised are used to help developing countries tackle climate change. There are also, of course, strong proponents for an emissions trading system along the lines of the EU’s controversial Aviation ETS scheme.\r\n\r\nInterestingly, the US Environmental Protection Agency took its first steps towards regulating carbon emissions from US airlines in June 2015 whereby it published findings that greenhouse gas emissions from commercial aircraft engines may endanger public health, and issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking to seek input on potentially adopting ICAO emissions standards in the USA. This development has occured in advance of ICAO’s release of its proposed standard for carbon dioxide emissions for discussion at the ICAO Assembly later this year.\r\n\r\nClearly, aircraft emissions will be an important issue for the forthcoming year. Since the last tri-annual ICAO Assembly, there have been several rounds of global aviation dialogues (‘GLADs’) to try to negotiate and finalise the MBM scheme for international aviation. Several two-day GLADs were conducted in April 2015 taking place in Cairo, Lima, Madrid, Naorobi and Singapore and a second round of GLADs is scheduled for the spring of this year, by which point it is hoped that the MBM proposal will be in a more finalised shape. ICAO’s intention with these MBM dialogue sessions is to make sure that there will be simplicity and cost effectiveness within a global scheme, with a need for differentiation between airlines, and the goal of avoiding excessive costs or administrative burden. There will be many differences between developed and developing nations on what form the MBM will take, but a global MBM will be extremely important in helping the aviation industry achieve its target of carbon neutral growth.\r\n\r\nAs ever, advanced aviation technology is also an important factor in delivering reductions in emissions: the usage of sustainable aviation fuels, newer and cleaner engines, and commitments from airlines to deliver engineering alternatives will also be a vital component in achieving reductions in emissions in conjunction with the forthcoming measures to be discussed in September 2016. Airlines with young, modern fleets of new aircraft types will lead the way, and it is hoped that Middle Eastern airlines will be at the vanguard of these modern technologies in the years to come.'),
	(163017,5362,'core_values',''),
	(163018,5362,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(163019,5362,'file',''),
	(163020,5362,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(163021,5362,'orderValue4','4'),
	(163022,5362,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(163023,5362,'related_pages_header',''),
	(163024,5362,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(163025,5362,'related_pages',''),
	(163026,5362,'_related_pages','field_59b6434af4880'),
	(163027,5362,'relatedArticles',''),
	(163028,5362,'_relatedArticles','field_59d349d04107c'),
	(98821,5369,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(98822,5369,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5353'),
	(98823,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(98824,5369,'content_description','Qatar has the third largest known gas reserves in the world, and also significant oil reserves.  '),
	(98825,5369,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(98826,5369,'pageSummary','Qatar has the third largest known gas reserves in the world, and also significant oil reserves.'),
	(98827,5369,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98828,5369,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/april-9/qatar-laws-enter-a-new-century.html'),
	(98829,5369,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98830,5369,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','709'),
	(98831,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98832,5369,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(98833,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(98834,5369,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Stephen Lansdown'),
	(98835,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(98836,5369,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','s.lansdown@tamimi.com'),
	(98837,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(98838,5369,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(98839,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98840,5369,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(98841,5369,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98842,5369,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Interest in the country has increased following the award of hosting rights for the 2022 FIFA World Cup and other marquee sporting events. At the same time, Qatar has been developing its legislative framework. Al Tamimi & Company summarises some of the key developments.'),
	(98843,5370,'content','April 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nHowever, an understanding of the history of Saudi Arabia’s foreign investment regulations and policies can provide insight to the foreign investor into possible future developments in this area and, in turn, aid in building credibility with the Saudi Arabian General Investment Authority (SAGIA), the country’s foreign investment regulator.\r\n\r\n<strong>Investment in Trade - WTO and SAGIA</strong>\r\n\r\nThe modern era of Saudi Arabia’s foreign investment regime began with the accession by Saudi Arabia to the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2005. This entry allowed Saudi Arabia to benefit from liberalised access to various foreign markets, and also committed the country to various reforms in its legislation and trade policies. In areas ranging from protection of intellectual property rights and foreign ownership in the telecoms sector, to tariff levels and dispute resolution mechanisms, accession to the WTO general agreements imposed a wide-ranging set of obligations on international trade undertaken by Saudi Arabia (subject to certain exceptions which were negotiated at the time of accession, for example relating to the import of products that Saudi Arabia deemed to be against the public interest).\r\n\r\nIn parallel and further to its WTO commitments, Saudi Arabia has also been continuing work to develop its foreign investment regime, largely through the policies and procedures implemented at SAGIA. This development predates WTO accession by some years, beginning with the adoption of the Foreign Investment Regulations in 2000.\r\n\r\nA cornerstone of SAGIA’s policies and procedures has been the maintenance of the so-called “negative list” - a list of areas in which investment by non-Saudi nationals remains prohibited. Key among these is the upstream hydrocarbons sector, and the ownership of land in the holy cities of Makkah and Medina.\r\n\r\nMuch of the negative list has remained static over the years, but pursuant to its WTO accession commitments, Saudi Arabia agreed to permit foreign investment in distribution services and related wholesale and retail trade – initially at a level of 51%, and then rising to 75% in 2008. Much of the development of SAGIA policy has been relating to this wholesale and retail distribution sector. SAGIA has, over the years and with varying degrees of success, implemented “fast track” mechanisms for foreign investors to benefit from quicker responses to applications and turnaround times to receive new licenses. The most recent iteration, announced in mid-2014, has been a relative success and resulted in turnaround times dropping from months to weeks (or even, in some cases, days). Applicants that meet one of a number of criteria such as being listed on their home stock exchange, or which are entering into contracts with the Saudi government or a Saudi government-owned entity or entering into a joint venture with a Saudi company listed on the Saudi Arabian Stock Exchange (some examples among many), will benefit from this highest level of SAGIA service.\r\n\r\nThese welcome policy developments have been supplemented with regular innovations to the logistics and administration processes at SAGIA. Bulky paper applications have been replaced by on-line applications with file reference numbers that can be easily accessed, together with regular indications of turnaround time. For those cases where an in-person discussion with a licensing officer is required, appointments can be booked on-line. All of these developments evidence the value that Saudi Arabia places on foreign investment, and the work that SAGIA is willing to do to streamline access to the local market for foreigners.\r\n\r\n<strong>Equities - Equity Swaps and Direct Investment </strong>\r\n\r\nA similar story of development and liberalization has played out with respect to access to the country’s equity market, the Saudi Arabian Stock Exchange (Tadawul).\r\n\r\nPrior to 2008, the purchase of equities by any non-GCC investor was prohibited. In 2008, the Capital Market Authority (CMA) introduced equity swap arrangements whereby foreign investors could essentially purchase the economic benefit of listed shares for a defined period of time. Despite clarificatory regulations passed in 2010 designed to further protect the benefits accruing to foreign investors to the asset underlying the swap arrangement, swaps never attracted the level of investment the CMA hoped for, mainly because they were seen to be time-consuming to implement and gave no underlying shareholder rights.\r\n\r\nSubsequently, after consultations with market participants, a Qualified Foreign Investor (QFI) regime was implemented in 2015. While somewhat limited in accessibility, as the bar to qualify under the regime was set quite high (at this stage requiring, for example, qualifying investors to be otherwise licensed market participants holding at least USD 5 billion in assets under management), this regime represents a critical shift in the requirements to access the Tadawul and presages further potential developments in permitting foreigners to directly access the Tadawul.\r\n\r\n<strong>Looking to the Future</strong>\r\n\r\nThis short (and simplified) recounting of recent history shows a course of careful development and evolution of Saudi Arabia’s foreign investment regime. By some accounts, however, a shortening of timeframes for future innovation and development appears to be on the horizon. Reports, both official and anecdotal, indicate a strong interest by the country’s government to quickly liberalize the foreign investment regime further and a willingness to open up the wholesale and retail trade sector to 100% foreign participation in certain instances. There are also ongoing discussions on wide-ranging initiatives such as privatization of government businesses and assets, various forms of public-private partnerships, and the implementation of free zones areas, but the extent to which these are implemented remains to be seen.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;'),
	(162727,5370,'core_values',''),
	(162728,5370,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(162729,5370,'file',''),
	(162730,5370,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(162731,5370,'orderValue4','4'),
	(162732,5370,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(162733,5370,'related_pages_header',''),
	(162734,5370,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(162735,5370,'related_pages',''),
	(162736,5370,'_related_pages','field_59b6434af4880'),
	(98844,5370,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(98845,5370,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5353'),
	(98846,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(98847,5370,'content_description','For potential foreign investors used to 24-hour incorporations and straightforward access to equity capital markets, the challenges of entering and operating in the Saudi Arabian market can appear daunting. \r\n'),
	(98848,5370,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(98849,5370,'pageSummary','For potential foreign investors used to 24-hour incorporations and straightforward access to equity capital markets, the challenges of entering and operating in the Saudi Arabian market can appear daunting.'),
	(98850,5370,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(98851,5370,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/april-9/saudi-arabia-the-history-of-foreign-investment.html'),
	(98852,5370,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(98853,5370,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','779'),
	(98854,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(98855,5370,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(98856,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(98857,5370,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Sumit Soni'),
	(98858,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(98859,5370,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail',''),
	(98860,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(98861,5370,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(98862,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(98863,5370,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(98864,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98865,5370,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','For potential foreign investors used to 24-hour incorporations and straightforward access to equity capital markets, the challenges of entering and operating in the Saudi Arabian market can appear daunting.'),
	(98866,5371,'content','April 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n\r\nIt is not possible to set out all the important legislative changes in one article, and so instead we set out below a review of only some of the key changes, with a focus on change at the Federal level and in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The changes to the property laws are covered in some detail given how important the property market is in the UAE.\r\n\r\n<strong>The Constitution</strong>\r\n\r\nIt is a little known fact that although on 2 December 1971 the Emirates of Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah, Ajman, Umm Al Quwain and Fujairah created the UAE (Ras Al Khalimah declared its independence the same day but did not officially join the federation until 10 February 1972) the constitution that was signed then was only provisional.  It was an expression of the political compromises and negotiation that took place among the Emirates including other emirates that did not go on to form the UAE (Qatar and Bahrain).  The constitution was originally designed to last five years.  It was only in July 1996 that the Supreme Council adopted the provisional constitution as the country’s permanent constitution, at which time the word “provisional” was formally dropped from the Constitution’s official title.\r\n\r\n<strong>New Courts</strong>\r\n\r\nThe early 1990s was a period of fast growth. The UAE courts and legal system faced an explosion in every facet of life in the UAE and subsequently grew alongside the population growth.\r\n\r\nBy 1989, work had begun building Dubai Courts’ first purpose-built headquarters. The new building marked the beginning of a new age for the Dubai courts. Dubai Law No.3 of 1992 (Organising the Courts in Dubai) was issued, which confirmed that the courts are composed of three levels: Court of First Instance, Court of Appeal, and Court of Cassation. Although the three courts worked in tandem already, the significance of Law No.3 of 1992 in the history of Dubai Courts is that for the first time it enshrined the three together as a working unit, in law.\r\n\r\nIn 2004 the DIFC was created, along with its own court system. This created a radical alternative to the pre-existing courts in the region: an English-language common-law court. When first created, the courts had jurisdiction to only deal with disputes between DIFC entities, but over the years the jurisdiction has been expanded to allow parties with no connection to the DIFC to opt-in to the jurisdiction. Recent judgments regarding the enforcement of arbitral awards and foreign judgments mean that the DIFC may serve as a conduit jurisdiction, allowing for easier enforcement of awards and judgments in the UAE.\r\n\r\nIn 2008, Abu Dhabi, having been part of the federal court system, chose to join Dubai and Ras Al Khaimah in setting up its own Emirate court system. In 2015 Abu Dhabi created a second court system when it opened the Abu Dhabi Global Market free zone. The ADGM has its own English-language common-law courts, carrying on the UAE’s drive for better courts and choice, and encouraging more international investment into the UAE.\r\n\r\n<strong>Commercial Laws- the Development of the UAE as a Centre for Global Trade</strong>\r\n\r\nAt the time Al Tamimi established its first office, there was no specific commercial law in the UAE. The UAE Commercial Code was promulgated under Federal Law 18 of 1993. Before the Commercial Code existed, the UAE Civil Code applied to commercial transactions, and it still does in circumstances where a question arising out of a commercial transaction is not determined by reference to the agreement between the parties, commercial custom, the Commercial Code, or other commercial statutes specifically governing the type of transaction in question (e.g. the Maritime Code).\r\n\r\nSince 1993 a large number of commercial laws have been passed to develop and support the UAE’s growing business community, including:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Federal Law 18 of 1993 on the Commercial Transactions Law;</li>\r\n 	<li>Federal Law No. 24 of 2006 concerning the Consumer Protection;</li>\r\n 	<li>Cabinet Decision No. 2 of 2007 Forming the Supreme Committee for Consumer Protection and Its Functions;</li>\r\n 	<li>Cabinet Decision No. 12 of 2007 Concerning the Executive Regulations of Federal Law No 24 of 2006 on Consumer Protection;</li>\r\n 	<li>Cabinet Resolution No. 3 of 2011 concerning the Commercial Agencies Committee;</li>\r\n 	<li>Federal Law No. 4 of 2012 regulating Competition;</li>\r\n 	<li>Federal Law No. 2 of 2014 on Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs);</li>\r\n 	<li>Federal Commercial Companies Law 2 of 2015.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>Regulation of the Markets</strong>\r\n\r\nThe UAE securities law and the regulation of the securities and commodities markets are primarily administered by the Securities and Commodities Authority (the “Securities Authority”).  The Securities Authority’s rules and regulations were established by Federal Law 4 of 2000 concerning the Emirates Securities &amp; Commodities Authority and Market.\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Since 2000, four securities and commodities markets have been established in the UAE, namely;</li>\r\n 	<li>the Abu Dhabi Securities Exchange</li>\r\n 	<li>the Dubai Financial Market</li>\r\n 	<li>the Emirates Securities Market</li>\r\n 	<li>the Dubai Gold &amp; Commodities Exchange</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThese markets allow for secure and efficient trading. Most recently the Securities and Commodities Authority (“SCA”) and the Financial Services Regulatory Authority (“FSRA”) of Abu Dhabi Global Market jointly signed a Memorandum of Understanding to exchange information and enhance mutual cooperation on areas including market supervision, investor protection, oversight of financial markets and management of entities such as listed companies and brokerages and others.\r\n\r\n<strong>Free Zones</strong>\r\n\r\nSince 1990, a number of free trade zones have been created.  This was a significant initiative to promote foreign direct investment by exempting certain areas from the commercial regulations found in the UAE.  Approximately 40 specially designated free trade zones now exist. These free zones have separate regulatory environments within their designated jurisdiction, and so are attractive to international investors. They are able to have clear, market-oriented regulations and offer the ability to incorporate wholly foreign-owned entities. They create an area where a number of industry-specific companies can be situated, allowing for greater cooperation and commerce.\r\n\r\n<strong>Real Property in the UAE</strong>\r\n\r\nProperty ownership in the UAE has historically been primarily regulated at the federal level by the UAE Civil Code and by the Code of Civil Procedure.  The Emirate of Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Ras Al Khaimah, Ajman, Sharjah and Umm al Quwain have enacted laws and/or regulations with respect to real property, and Dubai has enacted a separate set of regulations for the DIFC. Fujairah has not enacted any emirate-specific regulation. Each of the emirates has different rules and regulations governing foreign ownership of real estate.\r\n\r\nLaw No. 7 of 2006 concerning Real Property Registration in the Emirate of Dubai governs property ownership by individuals and companies in the Emirate of Dubai. UAE and GCC nationals and companies incorporated in the UAE that are wholly owned by UAE/GCC nationals have the right to own any property interest in the Emirate of Dubai pursuant to Article 4 of the Law No. 7 of 2006, and to have such rights registered at the Dubai Land Department. However, if a company is incorporated in the UAE and has foreign shareholders, it will not be considered a UAE or GCC national for the purposes of property ownership subject to certain exceptions. Article 4 of the Law No. 7 allows non UAE persons to own freehold title, long lease or a usufruct right up to 99 years in designated areas in Dubai. The Ruler has issued regulations that specify the designated areas in Dubai from time to time. There are over 25 such designated areas which have been approved by the Ruler for foreign ownership in Dubai.\r\n\r\nDubai’s legislative framework in respect of real estate matters has developed considerably between 2006 and 2015. The laws were designed to add stability to the market and investor confidence in the emirate.\r\n\r\nFollowing the creation of Dubai’s Real Estate Regulatory Authority (“RERA”) in 2007, we have seen it play an increasingly public and crucial role in developing and supervising Dubai’s real estate regulatory framework and development.\r\n\r\nThe ‘Escrow Law’ introduced in 2007, brought protection for purchasers’ money invested into off-plan sales in developments under construction, later supplemented by creation of the Interim Real Estate Register, further providing protection of purchasers’ rights through a requirement to register off-plan sale contracts on the interim register, which is maintained by the Dubai Land Department.\r\n\r\nIn 2008, a framework for registration of lenders’ pre-mortgage interests on the Interim Real Estate Register, as well as mortgages on the main Real Estate Register (with mechanisms for enforcement and sale of property by public auction) was introduced. Originally intended to provide banks and other financial institutions with the confidence they needed to lend against property in Dubai, this legislation was timely in providing an ability to deal with the new phenomenon of mortgage defaults brought about by the global financial crisis.\r\n\r\nThe Strata Law (Dubai Law 27 of 2007) was another major piece of legislation enacted, with implementing regulations following in April 2010. Today, developers continue to work towards implementation of compliant strata schemes, empowering property owners to jointly manage their communities and buildings, whilst protecting transparency and fairness on issues such as service charge levels, contracting with service providers, and the use of common areas and facilities. The registration of owners association has not been fully implemented to date.\r\n\r\nThe global financial crisis resulted in the enactment of  Dubai  Law No. 9 of 2009 which established a process for a developer to terminate an off-plan sales contract when a purchaser defaulted of its payment obligations. It became imperative to ensure that in cases where developers sought termination of a sale contract due to non-payment by a purchaser, the measure of compensation that a developer could expect would be directly related to his own progress towards completion of the project and fulfillment of the sale contract. Law No. 9 therefore introduced a regime whereby the compensation that a developer could claim in the event of his termination of a sale contract was linked to the stage of construction reached on site. Law No. 9 was enacted with the purpose to protect the developers from defaulting investors.\r\n\r\nThe Executive Council Resolution No. 6 of 2010, which went further by also establishing grounds upon which a purchaser could seek termination of a sale contract due to the developer’s breach. The Resolution also introduced the grounds upon which RERA could take action to cancel a development project and the process to be followed after such cancellation.\r\n\r\nDecree No. 4 of 2010 introduced a mechanism to enable holders of industrial or commercial granted lands in Dubai to convert their granted title to freehold title upon payment of a fee assessed against the market value of the land in a deemed ‘unimproved’ condition. The benefits of having freehold title rather than granted title include the ability to mortgage the property to raise capital and to sell the property on the open market (subject to applicable nationality restrictions).\r\n\r\nAs regards Dubai’s ability to capably deal with the rising volume and specific nature of real estate disputes, we saw a number of specialised dispute resolution forums introduced, such as the Property Court; the so-called ‘Bounced Cheque Committee’; and the Special Judicial Committee established to resolve disputes involving Dubai World and Amlak Finance.\r\n\r\nIn 2011, a circular was issued by the Dubai Land Department confirming that it was prohibited for offshore companies (except for those incorporated in the Jebel Ali Free Zone) to own property in Dubai. Foreign companies and free zone companies incorporated in the UAE were not affected by this ruling, as these companies are not considered to be offshore.\r\n\r\nMore recently in May 2012, a draft law on the Protection of the Property Investor in Dubai was circulated for consideration and comment.  This law seeks to introduce the notion that an investor should not be held to a Reservation Form, but should be entitled to see and agree to the full Sale and Purchase Agreement, and be given some time to consider this prior to signing. In the event of non-agreement on the terms, the purchaser is entitled to a refund of its deposit.\r\n\r\nThe relationship between landlord and tenant in Dubai is governed by Dubai Law No. 27 of 2007 which was subsequently amended by Law No. 33 of 2008. The law prescribes that the short term tenancy contracts are registered with RERA in the Ejari system. The Emiri Dubai Decree No. 43 of 2013 determines rent increases upon renewal of tenancy contract and RERA issues the rental index based on collated market data.\r\n\r\nDevelopment of the real estate market in Abu Dhabi gained impetus following the issuance of Abu Dhabi Law No. 3 of 2005.   This law introduced the requirement to register real property. The law laid the grounds for the establishment of Land Registration Departments in the Municipalities of Abu Dhabi City, Al Ain and the Western Region. The law included the clear requirement for every document creating, transferring or extinguishing real property rights, including leases with  terms exceeding four years, to be registered. Confirmation was also provided in the law, that the absence of registration would render such rights ineffective.\r\n\r\nImportantly, the law further permitted UAE nationals to sell or purchase residential, commercial, investment or agricultural land allotted to them, with the main proviso that at least five years must have passed since the date of such allotment.\r\n\r\nSubsequently, Law No. 19 of 2005 (incorporating amendments to it under Law No. 2 of 2007) introduced provisions relating to ownership, development, leasing and mortgaging of land and property in Abu Dhabi, and differentiated between the rights of UAE nationals, GCC nationals and non-UAE/GCC nationals.\r\n\r\nLaw No. 19 introduced the creation of a number of Investment Areas, as areas of land within Abu Dhabi in which GCC and non-UAE/GCC nationals were entitled to certain real property rights. The major difference from  Dubai is that the law specifically excludes non-UAE and non-GCC nationals from acquiring freehold ownership rights  in these Investment Areas.\r\n\r\nThese laws were supplemented in 2010 by Executive Council Resolution No. 64, which reconfirmed current legislation governing the rights of ownership and registration of property and property rights within Abu Dhabi, and set out specific directions to the Registrar of the Emirate’s real estate registration departments to:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>register ownership rights (and issue registration certificates/title deeds) to non-UAE nationals for property rights located within the Investment Zones. (The Resolution also clarified and confirmed the status of long-term leases granted to non-UAE nationals over land located within the Investment Zones, by directing registration of rights to long-term leases);</li>\r\n 	<li>register ownership of property rights in respect of property located outside the Investment Zones (as may be permitted pursuant to current legislation); and</li>\r\n 	<li>register mortgages over property and property rights (whether these are located inside or outside the Investment Zones).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAbu Dhabi recently published its most substantial property law, Law No. 3 of 2015. The aim of this law is to better regulate the real estate market in Abu Dhabi and it took effect from 1 January 2016. The new law is a positive step towards attracting increased real estate investment in Abu Dhabi as it tackles many of the concerns raised by investors and developers in the past, while also drawing on the real estate investment experience in the UAE, and especially in Dubai, over the last ten years.  Law No. 3 of 2015 introduces a range of new concepts to Abu Dhabi from the requirement for developers to establish escrow accounts for each project, initial title deeds for purchases of off-plan properties and requirements for developers, real estate brokers, valuers, surveyors and property managers to register and hold licences.  Law No. 3 also addresses the concerns of banks with detailed provisions dealing with the registration and enforcement of mortgages.\r\n\r\n<strong>Conclusion: Where is the UAE going?</strong>\r\n\r\nThis article only briefly touches upon some of the main legislative changes that have occurred in the UAE over the past 25 years. However even this short and select review reveals a country constantly striving to not only modernise, but to lead and innovate. Many of the legislative changes have been aimed at encouraging foreign direct investment by creating attractive commercial free zones, more robust judicial systems, and supportive property laws. The result is that those living and doing business in the UAE now enjoy an unprecedented array of lifestyles and business environments from which to choose.\r\n\r\nThe UAE will inevitably face numerous challenges in the next 25 years, but the past 25 years have already demonstrated that by learning from each other and supporting each other, the Emirates are able to overcome even the most challenging of circumstances.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;'),
	(162695,5371,'core_values',''),
	(162696,5371,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(162697,5371,'file',''),
	(162698,5371,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(162699,5371,'orderValue4','4'),
	(162700,5371,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(162701,5371,'related_pages_header',''),
	(162702,5371,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(162703,5371,'related_pages',''),
	(162704,5371,'_related_pages','field_59b6434af4880'),
	(162705,5371,'relatedArticles',''),
	(162706,5371,'_relatedArticles','field_59d349d04107c'),
	(162707,5371,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(162708,5370,'_edit_last','1'),
	(162709,5370,'lawUpdateArticlePractices',''),
	(162710,5370,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(162711,5370,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(162712,5370,'_lawUpdateArticleSectors','field_59ec462a1e203'),
	(162713,5370,'orderValue1','1'),
	(162714,5370,'_orderValue1','field_59d0c6e5175b5'),
	(162715,5370,'stats_list',''),
	(162716,5370,'_stats_list','field_59b6372466bcc'),
	(162717,5370,'orderValue2','2'),
	(162718,5370,'_orderValue2','field_59d0c6f6175b8'),
	(162719,5370,'timeline_header',''),
	(162720,5370,'_timeline_header','field_59b63de5b74bf'),
	(162721,5370,'timeline',''),
	(162722,5370,'_timeline','field_59b63b29266de'),
	(162723,5370,'orderValue3','3'),
	(162724,5370,'_orderValue3','field_59d2094f8ff33'),
	(162547,5375,'orderValue1','1'),
	(162548,5375,'_orderValue1','field_59d0c6e5175b5'),
	(98969,5375,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters',''),
	(98970,5375,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(98971,5375,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The Iraqi Parliament has issued the new Iraqi Labour Law No, 37 of 2015 (“New Labour Law”), which entered into force on 7 February 2016.'),
	(99078,5383,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5379'),
	(99079,5383,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(99080,5383,'content_description','On 27 March 2016, the Egyptian National Supreme Administrative Court, Conseil d’Etat, confirmed the dissolution of the Egyptian Football Association’s (EFA) Board of Directors in its decision in case number 24259 for the Supreme judicial year 61. '),
	(99147,5386,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','b.alazzeh@tamimi.com'),
	(99260,5392,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(99218,5390,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(99219,5390,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/may-9/death-or-bodily-injury-on-board-the-aircraft-a-uae-perspective.html'),
	(99220,5390,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(99221,5390,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Saif Almobideen'),
	(99222,5390,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(99223,5390,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','s.almobideen@tamimi.com'),
	(99224,5390,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(99225,5390,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(99226,5390,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(162138,5390,'_timeline_header','field_59b63de5b74bf'),
	(162137,5390,'timeline_header',''),
	(162135,5390,'orderValue2','2'),
	(162136,5390,'_orderValue2','field_59d0c6f6175b8'),
	(162134,5390,'_stats_list','field_59b6372466bcc'),
	(162133,5390,'stats_list',''),
	(162131,5390,'orderValue1','1'),
	(162132,5390,'_orderValue1','field_59d0c6e5175b5'),
	(99233,5390,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(99234,5390,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(99235,5390,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','In a court judgment handed down in March 2016 by the Abu Dhabi Court of First Instance, Al Tamimi successfully defended an international airline in a claim for ‘Diya’ (or ‘Blood Money’) and compensation for the heirs of a passenger who died due to a heart attack on board an aircraft.'),
	(99532,5408,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(99533,5408,'pageSummary','In these challenging economic times, some businesses are struggling to cope with financial pressures and financiers are concerned with their customers’ ability to service their financing arrangements. An effective insolvency regime is, therefore, an important element of financial system stability. The statutory insolvency regime in the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) has often been regarded as under-developed and remains largely untested. This article seeks to examine the application and the effectiveness of the insolvency regime in the UAE and consider the consequences of, and primary issues surrounding, insolvency from the perspective of commercial debtors and creditors.'),
	(99849,5426,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/jun-jul/an-overview-of-the-issuing-and-offering-of-securities-in-kuwait.html'),
	(99951,5433,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(99952,5433,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','848'),
	(99953,5433,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(99954,5433,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','835'),
	(99955,5433,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(99956,5433,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(99957,5433,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(99958,5433,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Earlier this year the Dubai Court of Appeal shocked the local and international legal community by refusing to enforce an English arbitral award on the grounds.'),
	(212607,5430,'_edit_last','1'),
	(212608,5430,'lawUpdateArticlePractices',''),
	(212609,5430,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(212610,5430,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(212611,5430,'_lawUpdateArticleSectors','field_59ec462a1e203'),
	(212612,5430,'lawUpdateArticleWriters',''),
	(212613,5430,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(212614,5430,'orderValue1','1'),
	(212615,5430,'_orderValue1','field_59d0c6e5175b5'),
	(100059,5438,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company highlights the different perspectives of trademark ownership structures and common issues related to the same.'),
	(212664,5378,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Oman’s Ministry of Commerce and Industry is in the latter stages of implementing a new foreign investment law which was drafted with consultation from the World Bank. The stated purpose of the new law is clear: attract a greater variety of global investors to the Omani economy.'),
	(100146,5444,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(100147,5444,'content_description','The belief that comprehensive reform cannot be achieved without significant focus being directed educational reform was the driving force for the Egyptian government to divert its attention to major education developmental and reform plans. '),
	(100163,5445,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(100164,5445,'pageSummary','For the acceleration of the development of educational sector in Oman and in order to raise the quality of the level of education in Oman, there has been a need for the participation of private educational institutions in the Sultanate in this process. A regulatory legal framework was created by the government of Oman to achieve this objective that safeguards the interests of the foreign and local investors.'),
	(100250,5450,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(100251,5450,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5431'),
	(100252,5450,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(100253,5450,'content_description','The new Saudi Companies Law came into effect on 2nd May 2016 (“the Effective Date”).'),
	(100254,5450,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(100255,5450,'pageSummary','The new Saudi Companies Law came into effect on 2nd May 2016 (“the Effective Date”).'),
	(100256,5450,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(100257,5450,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/august-2/the-new-saudi-companies-law-what-you-need-to-know-1.html'),
	(100258,5450,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(100259,5450,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','784'),
	(100260,5450,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(100261,5450,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(100262,5450,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(100263,5450,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company highlights some key issues relating to the implementation of the new law, signposts some new and impending regulations that Saudi, GCC and foreign investors need to be aware of and some of the steps that existing companies and managers now need to be considering.'),
	(100264,5451,'content','August 2016\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In order to incorporate an SPC for the purpose of issuing bonds or sukuk, the relevant party or parties should submit an application, in the form outlined under Annex 2 of Book 11, to the CMA. The CMA will also approve the memorandum of association of the SPC, which will be a shareholding company subject to the Kuwait Companies Law, prior to the incorporation of the same. The duration of the SPC shall be shorter than the term of the bonds or sukuk issued by it. The number of shareholders of the SPC may not be increased while it is in existence and the capital shares of the company should be registered with the CMA under the name of persons that the CMA approves, namely an Authorised Person, a law firm or an obligor or originator of the bonds or sukuk. Once approved by the CMA, the SPC may issue bonds or sukuk for public subscription or private placement, in accordance with a decree issued by the shareholders of the SPC. However, the SPC may not offer its shares for public underwriting and cannot use public underwriting to increase its capital or borrow funds.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">The new CMA Bylaws outline several benefits of creating an SPC for the purpose of issuing bonds or sukuk. The SPC will not be subject to the same requirements that other companies are subject to under Kuwait law. For example, the SPC will not be required to have any personnel working for it and will not have to create a file with the Kuwait Ministry of Social Affairs and Labour. Also, the SPC will be exempt from having to hold ordinary or extraordinary generally assembly meetings as required under the Kuwait Companies Law, but rather will have decisions made for it via written approval from its shareholders.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Chapter 11 of Book 11 outlines the new rules and regulations regarding the issuance of sukuk inside Kuwait. Chapter 11 identifies which parties are allowed to issue sukuk, which are the government of the State of Kuwait, its ministries, public authorities and institutions, and public or closed shareholding companies. In order to issue sukuk, a company must have its issued capital paid in full, approval from an ordinary general assembly to issue the sukuk, an auditing by an external Shari’a auditing office approved by the CMA, approval from the CMA for the issuance of the Sukuk and an approval from the Central Bank of Kuwait (“CBK”). The external Shari’a auditing office will review the structure of the sukuk and express an opinion with regards to the Shari’a compliance of the sukuk structure, which the CMA will take into consideration during its approval process.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">All sukuk structures must be in accordance with the provisions of the Shari’a and approved by an external Shari’a auditing office. Sukuk structures may be based on various forms of Shari’a compliant transactions, such as Ijara, Istisna, Musaraka, Mudharaba and Murabaha. The Sukuk may be either asset based or asset backed.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Only public shareholding companies, or SPCs which have an underlying obligor that is a public shareholding company, may offer sukuk for public subscription. If the sukuk are issued through a SPC and the SPC is incorporated outside of Kuwait, the issuer must submit documentation to the CMA indicating that it has properly incorporated the SPC. Furthermore, if a sukuk is issued through an SPC, the assets linked to the sukuk may be more than the paid up capital of the issuer.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Chapter 12 of Book 11 outlines the rules applicable to the issuance of bonds in the State of Kuwait. The bonds rules are very similar to the sukuk issuance rules of Chapter 11. The bonds rules allow for SPCs to issue bonds in the State of Kuwait. Along with SPCs, governmental entities, public and closed joint stock companies and foreign issuers are allowed to issue bonds in the State of Kuwait. As is the case with sukuk, company issuers must have their issued capital paid in full, obtain approval from the ordinary general assembly, obtain approval from the CMA and obtain approval from the CBK. Bonds issued for public subscription shall not be redeemed prior to the lapse of one year, must have a periodical return, and should not include any type of financial derivatives.</p>'),
	(100335,5456,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5452'),
	(100336,5456,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(100337,5456,'content_description','In the UAE, each Emirate has its own set of tenancy laws which govern the landlord and tenant relationship for use of the leased premises for a fixed term in return for payment of rent. With considerable socio-economic growth over the years in the rental market in UAE, each Emirate has improved upon its tenancy laws to better regulate the relationship between parties. '),
	(100442,5462,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(100500,5465,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(100583,5468,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company considers a provision of the UAE Federal Law No. 2 of 2015 concerning Commercial Companies (“Companies Law”), which aims to provide such protection and punish those who violate its terms.'),
	(212328,5466,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','A well-known legal principle declares that ‘ignorance of the law excuses no one’. This maxim is used by legal systems throughout the world to impose constructive knowledge of the laws of the land upon those to whom such laws apply.'),
	(218909,7662,'_edit_last','5'),
	(100598,5469,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Dubai, UAE'),
	(100599,5469,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(100622,5471,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5452'),
	(100623,5471,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(100624,5471,'content_description','On 16 June 2016, Jordan decided to move forward in Economical-Judicial reform. On that date, the Integrity and Anti-Corruption Commission (“IACC”) came into force by Law No. 13 of 2016 (“IACC Law”). Two Authorities were merged into one, with the cancelling of the Bureau of Ombudsman Law No. 11 of 2008 and the Anti-Corruption Law No. 62 of 2006. The legislator argued the need to develop this law to establish the principles of justice and accountability and good performance in the public interest, and to ensure adherence to the principles of national integrity, and to fight corruption in its all forms and means, and to activate all values and behavioural norms in the public administration.'),
	(100661,5472,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','Dubai, UAE'),
	(100662,5472,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de');

INSERT INTO `tm_postmeta` (`meta_id`, `post_id`, `meta_key`, `meta_value`)
VALUES
	(100663,5472,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','a.hudson@tamimi.com'),
	(100664,5472,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(100665,5472,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(100666,5472,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(100667,5472,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The IAACA was based in Beijing, China until the recent hand-over to Qatar and it has heldannual meetings and numerous other meetings in order to combat corruption.'),
	(213973,5649,'_yoast_wpseo_focuskeywords','[]'),
	(100670,5473,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5452'),
	(100669,5473,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(100671,5473,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(100672,5473,'content_description','Breach of trust is one of the common crimes that take place when the dealings between parties involve financial obligations. It is noticed that there is often a misconception of the trust relationship that would result in satisfying the elements of the crime. In this article, we briefly examine Article 240 of the Kuwaiti Penal Law and the requirements for its application in any given scenario.'),
	(100674,5473,'pageSummary','Breach of trust is one of the common crimes that take place when the dealings between parties involve financial obligations. It is noticed that there is often a misconception of the trust relationship that would result in satisfying the elements of the crime. In this article, we briefly examine Article 240 of the Kuwaiti Penal Law and the requirements for its application in any given scenario.'),
	(100683,5474,'content','<p class=\"p1\">September 2016</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>What is the legal framework?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><span class=\"s1\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">Bahrain is a member of the Berne Convention according to Law no. 30 of 1996 and the WIPO Copyright Treaty according to Law no. 14 of 2004. This membership was effectively translated into the local legislative system, providing wide protection for copyright in respect of both moral and financial rights.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> The Bahraini Copyright Law no. 22 of 2006 as amended (“Copyright Law”) replaced Law no. 10 of 1993, providing wider protection which we consider in some further detail below. Further, copyright protection is not only imposed by the Copyright Law and the Press and Publication Law no. 47 of 2002 sets out certain rights in respect of attribution, publishing and distribution. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> The Copyright Law extends the protection period to be the authors’ life plus 70 years instead of 50 years, and adding specific provisions in relation to customs and preliminary procedures. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Under the Copyright Law, the copyright owner may request the customs authority to seize any infringing products provided that evidence of the possible infringement is provided along with adequate details to enable customs to reasonably detect infringing products. Once the request is accepted by customs, the recordal remains valid for a year or for the remaining period of protection whichever is less. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Further, the customs authority, even without a request by the copyright owner, may seize any products it suspects will infringe copyright and notify the importer and the copyright owner, who has the right to file an action before the court within ten working days of the notification. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>What are the possible sanctions?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><span class=\"s1\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">The Copyright Law provides that infringement actions before the court may be civil or criminal, in addition to setting out the preliminary procedures to (i) prevent the infringement, (ii) to prove it and (iii) to seize the infringing products. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> The court in a copyright civil case shall determine the adequate compensation based on the evidence before it as in any regular civil case. However, the Copyright Law provided an additional remedy allowing the copyright owner to claim compensation of not less than BHD 500, and not exceeding BHD 9000 if the owner cannot otherwise prove the amount of damages.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Criminal protection is imposed with a minimum of three months and a maximum of one year of imprisonment, or a fine not less than BHD 500 and not exceeding BHD 4000, or both, in respect of any infringement with the intention of a commercial or a material gain. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><span class=\"s1\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Are there registration formalities?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><span class=\"s1\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">As applied by the majority of countries, and according to the Berne Convention, copyright protection is obtained automatically without the need for registration or other formalities. However, depositing the copyrighted work before the Ministry of Information provides evidence of ownership which assists in resolving ownership disputes, document assignments or any other financial transactions. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The legislative part of Copyright protection in Bahrain can only be described as robust, as laws and regulations in the Kingdom are detailed and precise. However, the difficulty we face as lawyers is the few number of judicial and administrative precedents, specifically in relation to IP enforcement, which leaves most of the provisions untested.</p>'),
	(159816,5474,'core_values',''),
	(159817,5474,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(100673,5473,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(100677,5473,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(100678,5473,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter',''),
	(100679,5473,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(100680,5473,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(100681,5473,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(100682,5473,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company briefly examine Article 240 of the Kuwaiti Penal Law and the requirements for its application in any given scenario.'),
	(218911,7662,'_sidebar','field_59ccd0a1283de'),
	(100675,5473,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(100676,5473,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/september-6/breach-of-trust-under-the-kuwaiti-penal-law.html'),
	(100775,5478,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Amman, Jordan'),
	(100776,5478,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(100929,5487,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','824'),
	(100930,5487,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(158869,5497,'orderValue2','2'),
	(158870,5497,'_orderValue2','field_59d0c6f6175b8'),
	(101093,5496,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(101094,5496,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(101095,5496,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(101096,5496,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Whilst all eyes were on the UK this summer regarding the outcome of its forthcoming ’Brexit‘ referendum on whether to remain within the European Union (EU), the implementation of EU aviation law designed to protect air passenger rights has continued apace.'),
	(101361,5509,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(101362,5509,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(101363,5509,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company in this article summarise the four court judgments obtained by the parties and will also address the courts’ approach towards the foreign arbitral award.'),
	(212017,5509,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(212018,5508,'_edit_last','1'),
	(96742,5254,'content_description','UAE Law No. 18 of 1993 ‘Concerning Commercial Transactions’ (the “Commercial Transactions Law”) provides a framework for the bankruptcy of persons engaged in trade. '),
	(96194,5223,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(101571,5520,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(92271,5013,'pageSummary','Qatar has high levels of internet connectivity, with 96% of households now connected to the internet, a six-point jump since last year, according to a new report from the UN Broadband Commission.'),
	(86914,4730,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(84157,4589,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','a.hudson@tamimi.com'),
	(84120,4587,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(84121,4587,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','410'),
	(84122,4587,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(84123,4587,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(101761,5530,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(101762,5530,'pageSummary','Following the Saudi Arabia Ministry of Commerce and Industry (Ministry) Decree approving the Implementing Regulations of the GCC Trademark Law, the Ministry has introduced a number of substantial procedural changes related to trademark oppositions coupled with significant increases in the official fees for trademark registration related matters.'),
	(82253,4486,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(82254,4486,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','812'),
	(82255,4486,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(82256,4486,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(82257,4486,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(82258,4486,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Rami Abdellatif'),
	(82259,4486,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(82260,4486,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','a.abdellatif@tamimi.com'),
	(82261,4486,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(82262,4486,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation',''),
	(82263,4486,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(82264,4486,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(82265,4486,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(82266,4486,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','410'),
	(82267,4486,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(82268,4486,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(82269,4486,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(82270,4486,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Introduction: Focus is often placed on the subject matter of a case and its claim and grounds without giving consideration to certain procedural details such as the service of process which, ultimately, serves the foundation of the case and its launching point.'),
	(82271,4487,'content','<p>The employment relationship between employers and employees in the UAE is governed by the provisions of Law No. 8 for the year 1981, otherwise known as the Employment Law.&nbsp; This relationship is usually regulated by way of a contract of employment that sets out the rights and obligations of each party in light of the provisions of the Employment Law.<br /><br />The Employment Law provides two types of contracts - the limited contract that is set for a specific period (which should not exceed four years) and the unlimited contract or an open ended contract (always not less than one year). Although the two contracts are different in their duration, as a general rule each employment contract must be in writing, specifying the date of its commencement, the remuneration and the nature and place of work. <br /><br />Although both types of contracts have similar features, they differ when it comes to the requirements of terminating or ending the employment relationship.<br />The general rule under the Employment Law is that any employment contract may be terminated by both parties provided that the employee accepts such termination in writing.&nbsp;&nbsp; <br /><br />Other than in the event of mutual termination, the limited employment contract, according to the provisions of the Employment Law, may be terminated by the employer only upon its expiry. Early termination of the limited contract is allowed only and exclusively at the occurrence of any of the situations specified in article 120 of the Employment Law. If the contract is terminated by the employer for reasons other than those set by the Employment Law, the employer will be said to have terminated the employee arbitrarily and will be liable to pay the employee compensation equivalent to either three months&rsquo; salary or the residual period of the contract, whichever is shorter.<br /><br />It would, therefore, be correct to say that the Employment Law has set clear provisions for the termination of the limited contract by which the employer is bound.<br /><br />However, confusion always arises when it comes to the termination of an unlimited contract - especially amongst employers. There are numerous employment myths often relied upon either to the disadvantage of the employer or the employee. One of these myths is that an employer is free to terminate an unlimited employment contract, after giving the prescribed notice, without any reason whatsoever. This myth actually stems from the wrong interpretation of Article 117 of the Employment Law.&nbsp; Article 117 which reads as follows: <br /><br />&ldquo;1- Both the Employer and the Employee may terminate a Contract of Employment of unlimited period for a valid reason at any time following its conclusion by giving the other party notice in less than 30 days before the termination.<br /><br />2- In case of Employee working on a daily basis the period of notice shall be as follows:<br /><br />a) one week if the Employee has been employed for more than six months but less than one year;<br />b) two weeks, if the Employee has been employed for not less than one year;<br />c) one month if the Employee has been employed for not less than five years.&rdquo;<br /><br />A careful reading of the Article above will reveal that an employer&rsquo;s right to terminate an unlimited contract is not free but rather conditional on the existence of a &ldquo;valid reason&rdquo; for such termination. This requirement has been stressed in section 3 of Article 113 that the unlimited contract may be terminated mutually by either party only: &ldquo;if the provisions of the law regarding the period of notice and valid grounds for termination are observed&rdquo;.<br /><br />The inquiry will then be on what is considered to be a valid reason for terminating an unlimited contract, what is the criteria for specifying or determining such valid reason and who has the authority to determine whether a reason for termination is valid or not?<br /><br />We have already established that a contract of employment (whether limited or unlimited) may be terminated by employers with immediate effect for reasons provided in article 120 of the Employment Law. Other than these situations, the Employment Law provides that a valid reason for terminating an unlimited contact should be any reason that is &ldquo;work related&rdquo;. Article 122 of the Employment Law provides the following:<br /><br />&ldquo;A worker&rsquo;s service shall be deemed to have been arbitrarily terminated by his employer, if the reason for the termination is irrelevant to the work, and more particularly, if the reason is that the worker has submitted a serious complaint to the competent authorities or has instituted legal proceedings against the employer that have proven to be valid&rdquo;. <br /><br />From the above, it is clear that the right of termination of an unlimited contract under the Employment Law is not an unfettered right and is subject to the requirement that an employer demonstrates the existence of a valid reason for such termination.<br /><br />The legislator was mindful of the fact that businesses differ in both their nature and their requirements and that listing what are considered to be &lsquo;work related reasons&rsquo; may not be exhaustive in the long run due to the changing nature of businesses and their requirements. For this reason, a ministerial order was issued to provide employers with guidelines of what are considered to be work related contraventions and how to deal with them i.e. Ministerial Order no. 28/1 of the Year 1981 regarding Model Disciplinary Code (&ldquo;Disciplinary Code&rdquo;). <br /><br />The Disciplinary Code deals mainly with contraventions committed by employees during working hours and disciplinary penalties that employers may impose upon their employees. The disciplinary penalties vary depending on the frequency and/or severity of the contravention and in some instances may lead to termination. The schedule attached to the Disciplinary Code gives general guidelines to employers on the kind of penalties that they may impose on employees and more importantly, the steps that may be taken by employers in recording such contraventions and actions taken.<br /><br />The Disciplinary Code is not exhaustive but rather indicative of what are considered to be work related contraventions. Article (1) of the Disciplinary Code provides that: &ldquo;Employers shall be guided by the attached model disciplinary code in preparing regulations that shall be applied to the workers working in the employer&rsquo;s undertaking&rdquo;.&nbsp; <br /><br />The Disciplinary Code actually completes and complements the provisions of Article 102 of the Employment Law that deal with penalties which employers or their representatives may impose on employees and provides the authority and reference of imposing such penalties. <br /><br />In practice, several companies have adopted the Disciplinary Code and have drawn up human resources policies that set out requirements and procedures in dealing with employee contraventions. We have also seen some employers include job targets or requirements for their employees in employment contracts, including the methods of assessing the employees&rsquo; performance and the action that will be taken in case an employee fails to achieve such job target or requirement. A good example of such requirement is when the employees&rsquo; performance is linked to the achievement of certain financial or performance targets as set by the employer whereby failure to achieve such targets may allow the employer to terminate the employment contract.<br /><br />Failure by the employee to meet such requirements may lead to the termination of their employment. Likewise, failure to follow steps for recording employee&rsquo;s contraventions and action taken may render the employer liable for compensation for unfair termination. <br /><br />It follows that for the employer&rsquo;s action to be liable the employment contract would have to be terminated for reasons that are either non work related or which fail to honour the legal requirements for terminating the contract, such as not issuing formal warnings, salary deductions, sending notice and so forth.<br /><br />Reliance on these guidelines and statement of a valid reason for termination does not automatically absolve or relieve employers from liability or inquiry into the validity of the cause of termination. The statement of a valid reason for termination only shifts the burden of proof from the employer to the employee in a way that will make it the latter&rsquo;s duty to prove that the termination was not justified and is not work related.<br /><br />Furthermore, courts have powers to further examine the reasons provided by the employer in order to determine whether the reason is relevant to the work or not. Courts usually use their discretion in understanding the merits and circumstance of the termination - usually by the facts presented by the parties in light of the Employment Law and any other regulations or guidelines set by employers. The court has the final say in case of dispute.<br /><br />In conclusion it is true to say that the employers&rsquo; right to terminate an unlimited employment contract is subject to the adherence to valid reasons for termination. It is therefore crucial to read the provisions of the Employment Law as a whole and not to rely on one provision in isolation of another.</p>'),
	(102015,5546,'content_description','This is a brief outline of the key changes introduced by Federal Decree Law No. 17 of 2016 to Federal Decree Law No. 11 of 2008 on Human Resources in the Federal Government:'),
	(102022,5546,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102023,5546,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102024,5546,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102025,5546,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This is a brief outline of the key changes introduced by Federal Decree Law No. 17 of 2016 to Federal Decree Law No. 11 of 2008 on Human Resources in the Federal Government:'),
	(102026,5547,'content','December 2016 - January 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">One of the key challenges of any Shari’ah compliant product is to structure products that commercially mirror or duplicate the commercial terms of those offered in the conventional market, while at the same time meet the relevant Shari’ah requirements.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Al Tamimi &amp; Company has assisted several banks in Dubai and Abu Dhabi to develop their Islamic retail and wholesale products for financing across the spectrum, from property financing to Islamic overdrafts. For each new product, the process from conceptualisation to the realisation is a rigorous one. We normally work hand in hand with the banks to ensure that their commercial needs are satisfied and that the structures comply with the stringent requirements imposed by the relevant bank’s Shari’ah board. In the UAE, due to the conservative standards imposed by the various Shari’ah boards, each product is keenly scrutinised to ensure that the integrity of the product, and, as an extension, the reputation of Shari’ah compliant products in the UAE, is preserved.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The following Shari’ah requirements must be observed generally:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the charging of interest, including default interest, is prohibited;</li>\r\n 	<li>each financing structure must be based on a genuine underlying transaction; and</li>\r\n 	<li>speculation and uncertainty are forbidden.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><span class=\"s1\">The above guidelines, together with other Shari’ah regulations, have necessitated innovation by the key players in the market. This is how financing products, such as <em>ijarah</em> (lease financing) and <em>murabaha</em> (financing underlined by a sale and purchase of goods), came into being. From these basic building blocks, various spin-off products have also been developed, for example, forward <em>ijarah</em>, for properties under construction, and commodity <em>murabaha</em>, to cater to the working capital needs of a corporate borrower. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Of late, many banks are developing new Islamic products even further in order to compete with the products offered by conventional banks. For example, some banks have recently introduced credit card and overdraft structures that replicate those offered by the conventional banks. This is achieved by a combination of multiple products (such as a commodity murabaha coupled with a <em>wakala</em>) that form a cohesive new product capable of matching the terms offered by the conventional market. One such example of this is in relation to calculating profit on a daily rest basis.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Innovation is a crucial aspect in the development of new Shari’ah products. The rolling out of a brand new Shari’ah product requires a sound understanding of banking and Shari’ah requirements.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p6\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Is it time for consistent Shari’ah standards? </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Many concerns have been raised by the lack of consistent standards in Islamic Finance. Some of are the view that it would be better to allow market forces to evolve naturally and correct any deficiencies. However, it is widely agreed that there is a strong need for a basic set of agreed minimum standards for Shari’ah financing, not least because of the international shortage of qualified scholars, which in turn leads to an adverse impact on costs and timelines. For example, additional time is usually spent to obtain Shari’ah approval for both products and financing documentation, and the impact of this is especially felt in a syndicated financing transaction where Shari’ah approvals are required by all the participating banks.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> Inconsistent Shari’ah pronouncements (<em>fatwa</em>) can be issued by different scholars, which result in divergent approaches on issues such as selling down in the secondary market and cross border financing. The lack of unified standards also impacts on other matters, such as financing structures, legal documentation, corporate governance, and ancillary Shari’ah services, such as trading platforms and accounting and tax treatments. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Hence, the formulation of binding Shari’ah standards should prevent standard structural and contractual provisions from requiring approval at each transaction. A further advantage would be the ensuring of defined parameters in the formulation of any new Shari’ah product so that there is a common starting platform for all banks. An objective set of Shari’ah standards would also lend predictability, credibility, and consistency.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Accounting and Auditing Organization for Islamic Financial Institutions (‘AAOIFI’), has formulated accounting, auditing, governance, and Shari’ah standards for Islamic financial institutions (‘AAOIFI Standards’). The AAOIFI Standards have, over time, become a resource for many Shari’ah bankers and advisors alike. The appeal of such standards is that they set out the most common Shari’ah structures, together with the minimum expected standards, and the Shari’ah justifications behind these structures. To some extent, the AOOFI Standards have narrowed the divergent approaches in many of the key issues previously debated by the scholars. However, being merely accounting standards, they are not legally binding and have no force of law in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> There are currently plans to create a Shari’ah board at the federal level within the UAE, with the aim of unifying the Shari’ah standards within the country, bringing the UAE in line with other jurisdictions, like Malaysia, that have similar systems in place. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p6\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Innovation v Standardisation </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p5\">Standardisation of basic Shari’ah standards is the next natural step in the evolution of Islamic finance in the UAE. The market has already come a long way. For example, many transactional structures now adopt the Loan Market Association (‘LMA’) style of documentation, although the LMA has yet to develop a complete Shari’ah compliant documentation suite. In terms of structures, the divergence from bank to bank is narrowing. Documentation is becoming more streamlined and sophisticated. However, there is still some way to go before complete standardisation is achieved.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The implementation of national and global Shari’ah standards is not without its challenges. Given that there is no legal requirement for Islamic financing documents to be Shari’ah compliant, any formulated standards should also be consistent with the laws of a jurisdiction in order to be legally effective from the outset.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s5\"> It would be ideal if standardisation could achieve: 1) a clear minimum position on the common legal issues in Islamic banking documentation; 2) an agreed position or alternative where the products are not fully compliant with local laws (for example, where the structure involved beneficial ownership or trust arrangements); and 3) common standards which apply to all banks in order to ease selling down, restructuring, and refinancing. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> With the above minimum framework in place, the industry participants would be able to work within a defined set of parameters, which removes the need to constantly revisit the same issues. This in turn, will allow new products and structures to be developed, but within a more controlled and standardised infrastructure. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p6\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\">Many UAE banks offer Shari’ah compliant products or are Islamic-only financial institutions. Competition is strong for each bank to differentiate themselves from their rivals, including by being the first in the market to offer a new Islamic financing product. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The development of new products is still very much left to self regulation by the banks involved, and efforts to standardise this industry should strike a balance between providing a predictable Shari’ah infrastructure and allowing innovation to create new products and structures.</p>'),
	(157314,5547,'core_values',''),
	(157315,5547,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(157316,5547,'file',''),
	(157317,5547,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(157318,5547,'orderValue4','4'),
	(157319,5547,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(157720,5552,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(157721,5552,'_lawUpdateArticleSectors','field_59ec462a1e203'),
	(102085,5550,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5535'),
	(102086,5550,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102087,5550,'content_description','In today’s information-based economy, intellectual property rights, and trademark rights in particular have received more media attention than ever before in the Middle East. Yet little has been said about trademark protection in a simply read format for the business community including branding personnel.'),
	(102069,5549,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102176,5553,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters',''),
	(102035,5547,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102070,5549,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5535'),
	(102071,5549,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102257,5558,'pageSummary','Iraq witnessed great change in its media and communication industry over the last two decades. Services like the internet, cell phone coverage, and satellite TV were not available before 2003 but are common today. However, wide public access to information with minimal restriction and a continued struggle with extremist ideologies create a difficult mix for regulators who must balance multiple, sometimes seemingly irreconcilable, interests. This article aims to provide an accurate report of the status quo and the reasons behind current trends in government regulation. I will start with an overview of the law, and then move to the special challenges faced by Iraqi regulators and their response.'),
	(102255,5558,'content_description','Iraq witnessed great change in its media and communication industry over the last two decades. Services like the internet, cell phone coverage, and satellite TV were not available before 2003 but are common today. However, wide public access to information with minimal restriction and a continued struggle with extremist ideologies create a difficult mix for regulators who must balance multiple, sometimes seemingly irreconcilable, interests. This article aims to provide an accurate report of the status quo and the reasons behind current trends in government regulation. I will start with an overview of the law, and then move to the special challenges faced by Iraqi regulators and their response. '),
	(102256,5558,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102254,5558,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102253,5558,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5535'),
	(102252,5558,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102266,5559,'content','December 2016 - January 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><strong>A. Mitigating Political Risk</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">It is no secret that armed conflict, turbulent government policy and political unrest paints Iraq as an unlikely place to invest. However, there are ways to deal with such risks and Iraq has taken steps to address those concerns. By passing ratification laws No.64 of 2012 and No.29 of 2007, Iraq is now listed as a member of the International Center for the Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) and the Multinational Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA). Being able to use those two World Bank organizations in Iraq can make a significant difference in Iraq’s investment climate and give measure of confidence to prospective investors.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Iraq had ratified the Convention Establishing the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency back in 2007 but was late in completing the necessary steps to commence insurance operations. Better late than never, MIGA membership means that investments in Iraq are now eligible for political risk insurance. According to the World Bank’s website MIGA’s outstanding gross exposure in Iraq stood at US$8 million as of September 2016. The second, more recent and exciting development, is Iraq’s accession to the Washington Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States in 2012. ICSID provides private investors a unique enforcement mechanism for investment contracts and treaties through arbitration awards that cannot be appealed locally.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">To understand the usefulness of ICSID and MIGA to investors eying Iraqi markets, it is important to explain what the two World Bank arms do not accomplish. Article 11 of the MIGA Convention covers risks such as imposition of currency transfer restrictions, expropriation by the host state, breach of contract where there is no effective remedy in a judicial or arbitral forum, and war or armed conflict. Because Iraqi markets are largely untapped, the commercial balance is favourable for Iraq leaving political risk as the main nuisance for investors. This is where MIGA comes in as it only underwrites to protect from non-commercial risks.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">ICSID serves a similar function in addressing political risk. Although the Washington Convention of 1965, which created ICSID, does not have an article similar to Article 11 of the MIGA Convention, a number of factors have shaped the arbitration center to become a forum more suitable to address claims that state action is unfair to foreign parties as opposed to normal commercial claims. Such factors include the relatively higher cost of ICSID proceedings compared to commercial arbitration, the requirement to exhaust other local remedies before recourse to ICSID, and the frequent reliance on investment treaties to raise discrimination claims.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> While ICSID is not without its flaws, ICSID provides less predictability than courts because its tribunals are ad hoc and lack a consistent supervising authority, through prohibiting recourse to diplomatic channels and transferring decision making power to international actors, ICSID remains a good solution to depoliticize investment disputes and move them to a judicial setting. This protects foreign investors from certain risks such as expropriation, and to some extent, over regulation by the host state. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Iraq’s accession to ICSID may be surprising in light of the fact that Iraq is still not a member of the New York Convention on Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards. Unlike the New York Convention which allows courts to refuse enforcement of awards relying on a list of exclusive grounds that includes public policy, the Washington Convention considers ICSID awards to be final judgments from national courts. Further, unlike normal arbitration awards the only recourse against an ICSID award that is sought to be enforced with pressure from the World Bank is a request for annulment before another ICSID tribunal, which has rarely been successful throughout ICSID’s history.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Accession to the New York Convention was presented before the Iraqi council of representatives in July 2007. At the time, most objections harked back to the days when Iraq was isolated because of economic sanctions and did not comply with arbitration awards. The only objection of legal substance was fear of retroactive application to allegedly large awards against Iraq. However, out of the 156 contracting states to the New York Convention, only six had the same concerns and opted to issue a reservation on temporal scope of application without any recorded diplomatic rebuke from the rest. However, unfortunately this did not prevent the proposal being blocked. In contrast, the Washington Convention was introduced with an empty political slate and was backed by the National Investment Commission (NIC) arguing that investment in Iraq was deteriorating sharply.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>B. Iraq’s International Investment Commitments</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Neither ICSID nor MIGA determine investment treatment or provide substantive rights to investors, they work as an enforcement mechanism and an insurance provider respectively. As such it is necessary to look to contracts and investment treaties for an understanding of Iraq’s commitments. Noting that contracts add another layer of rights on top of treaties, and because they are too varied to cover in this article, we will only address Iraq’s International Investment Agreements (IIAs).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Iraq has signed and ratified five Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs), titled investment promotion and protection treaties in the Arabic Iraqi gazette, with Japan, Kuwait, Jordan, Belarus, and Germany. All of Iraq’s BITs came after the new investment law was passed, and it was the NIC who negotiated and signed them. Prior to the investment law, and in some cases even after it was passed, Iraq signed “Cooperation”, “Partnership”, and “Trade Exchange” agreements. Such treaties do not provide adequate protections because:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>They often contain language that is too broad to be useful or contain too many exceptions and loopholes;</li>\r\n 	<li>They often do not contain an investment treatment clause, i.e. Most Favoured Nation (MFN) or National Treatment;</li>\r\n 	<li>They often lack a definition for what is considered an investment; and</li>\r\n 	<li>Old treaties are typically of narrow scope, usually trade in specific goods, and are short term making them unlikely to have been renewed long enough to still be relevant today.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">As things stand at the time of writing, Iraq does not have many noteworthy BITs other than the five recent ones mentioned above. This does not mean there is a complete vacuum in investment law, but rather that contracts, national law, and customary international law will be called upon to fill in the gap.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In conclusion, the Iraqi offering to foreign investors largely depends on the specific contract and applicable treaty(s) if any. However, through availability of ICSID arbitration clauses and MIGA insurance policies Iraq now at least offers a measure of protection from political risk.</p>'),
	(157908,5559,'core_values',''),
	(157909,5559,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(102261,5558,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','612'),
	(102260,5558,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102258,5558,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102259,5558,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-14/dec-jan-2017/security-concerns-in-iraq-increase-media-regulation.html'),
	(102262,5558,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102263,5558,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102264,5558,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102265,5558,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This article aims to provide an accurate report of the status quo and the reasons behind current trends in government regulation.'),
	(211588,5545,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Both Dubai Tenancy Law and DIFC Tenancy Law apply to residential, commercial, industrial and retail premises. This article focuses on the material differences between the two laws.'),
	(102285,5560,'content_description','Bahrain leads the Middle East in a range of sectors including Islamic finance, insurance, and asset management. Banking forms the biggest part of Bahrain’s financial services sector, with total banking assets of USD 192.7 billion as at September 2016, according to the Central Bank of Bahrain (‘CBB’), which is the sole regulator of the financial services sector in Bahrain. '),
	(156781,5574,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(156782,5574,'_lawUpdateArticleSectors','field_59ec462a1e203'),
	(102521,5574,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/february-9/the-new-anti-commercial-fraud-law-in-the-uae-an-ip-perspective.html'),
	(102554,5575,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102469,5571,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102470,5571,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5563'),
	(102471,5571,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102472,5571,'content_description','The Northern Emirates Mountain ranges around Dibba and Jebel Jais are popular tourist destinations, with hiking, driving, cycling and trekking attracting private parties and organised events, including the recent Jebel Jais Long Boarding event. '),
	(102690,5582,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(102689,5582,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(102668,5581,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','In this article we aim to set out the important amendments UAE federal penal code and the potential drastic impact they may have on the wide range of clients we have previously serviced.'),
	(102667,5581,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(102666,5581,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(102665,5581,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(102662,5581,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102663,5581,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102664,5581,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','631'),
	(102661,5581,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102691,5582,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The Regulations constitute a major reform of the JAFZA company regulations and bring about some new principles and key legislatives changes. This article provides an overview of the features and key changes that were introduced by the Regulations.'),
	(102818,5588,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(102817,5588,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Hamid Mojtahedi'),
	(102816,5588,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102815,5588,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/february-9/iran-the-last-frontier-market.html'),
	(102831,5589,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102819,5588,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','h.mojtahedi@tamimi.com'),
	(102869,5591,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102870,5591,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5563'),
	(102871,5591,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102872,5591,'content_description','Law no. 25 of 2005 regarding Commercial Registration and its amendments (the “Commercial Registration Law”) is one of the main laws regulating business in Qatar. '),
	(102873,5591,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102874,5591,'pageSummary','Law no. 25 of 2005 regarding Commercial Registration and its amendments (the “Commercial Registration Law”) is one of the main laws regulating business in Qatar.'),
	(102875,5591,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102876,5591,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/february-9/implications-of-the-amendments-to-the-qatar-commercial-registration-law.html'),
	(102877,5591,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102878,5591,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','709'),
	(102879,5591,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102880,5591,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102881,5591,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102882,5591,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','542'),
	(102883,5591,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(102884,5591,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(102885,5591,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(102886,5591,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Law no. 25 of 2005 regarding Commercial Registration and its amendments (the “Commercial Registration Law”) is one of the main laws regulating business in Qatar.'),
	(102887,5592,'content','February 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This article will cover both well-established law for trade in medicines and new developments opening Iraq’s healthcare sector to private investment. We will start with the trade aspect and cover the import process. Then we will move to the legal framework specific to investing in healthcare in Iraq.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Trade in medical products</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Importation of medical products, which include medicines, cosmetics, and medical appliances, can follow different business models depending on who the buyer is. There are two broad possibilities in Iraq: the buyer can be the State company for marketing drugs and medical appliances (‘KIMADIA’) or it can be a buyer from the Iraqi private market. On the public procurement side, KIMADIA is the only governmental body authorised to import medical products on behalf of the Iraqi government, and it does so using the usual regulations for public tendering applicable in Iraq. When KIMADIA solicits bids for public tenders, it follows regulations no 1 and 2 of 2014 on implementing government contracts. This entails certain contracting requirements that must be followed by the bidder, such as submitting preliminary guarantees with bids and posting performance bonds from an acceptable local bank, prior to KIMADIA awarding a bid.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> According to Iraq’s Pharmaceutical Law (Federal Law No. 40 of 1970) and accompanying instructions (Instructions No. 4 of 1998) regulating scientific offices in the business of marketing pharmaceutical products, importing medical products to Iraq must be done exclusively through Iraqi registered third parties ‘scientific offices’. The only exception is if KIMADIA deems it necessary to import products directly. While KIMADIA has the authority to deal directly with non-Iraqi manufacturers or marketers, it still prefers to deal through Iraqi registered scientific offices whenever possible. Where dealing with the Iraqi private sector, the only way to trade in medical products is through a scientific office. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There are two relevant regulators in the Iraqi healthcare sector, the Ministry of Health and Environment (‘Ministry of Health‘) and the Syndicate of Iraqi Pharmacists. Generally speaking the following should be kept in mind when importing medical products to Iraq,</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>There are income tax obligations when doing business through third party agents, i.e. scientific offices, as this is considered doing business in Iraq by the relevant tax authorities;</li>\r\n 	<li>To import or market medical products, both the manufacturer and the medical product need to be registered with the Ministry of Health, who keeps a list of registered products and manufacturers;</li>\r\n 	<li>To register a manufacturer, the Ministry of health requires a number of documents including, but not limited to, the manufacturer’s / vendor’s articles of incorporation, letters of authorisation, manufacturing licence, Israel boycott letter, and Good Manufacturing Practice (‘GMP’) and Certificate of Pharmaceutical Product (‘CCP’) certificates;</li>\r\n 	<li>The required documents are different from originating country to country, depending on which authorities are responsible for granting approvals for the manufacturing and selling medical products in the country of origin;</li>\r\n 	<li>All submitted documents need to be properly legalised and stamped, as per Iraqi law;</li>\r\n 	<li>For products originating from certain countries, and in certain cases, the Ministry of Health will require the applying party to pay for Ministry inspectors to visit and inspect production facilities;</li>\r\n 	<li>Changes affecting information provided to the Ministry of Health need to be updated for the registration to remain active;</li>\r\n 	<li>Registrations need to be renewed after five years, in most cases;</li>\r\n 	<li>Import licences are issued to scientific offices to import a specific product prior to import, and, as an exception, to parties dealing directly with KIMADIA;</li>\r\n 	<li>There are certain circumstances where KIMADIA will provide assistance to importers to expedite the registration process at the Ministry of Health for performance of awarded bids;</li>\r\n 	<li>Scientific offices can carry out registration at the Ministry of Health, and bid on behalf of the parties they represent using properly notarised authorisation letters;</li>\r\n 	<li>No more than one scientific office can be used to market the same medical product, but multiple offices can be engaged to market different products;</li>\r\n 	<li>Scientific offices can be agents acting on behalf of their principles or distributers acting on their own;</li>\r\n 	<li>Scientific offices must be operated by Iraqis and, if they are an incorporated entity, must be fully owned by Iraqis.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Investing in Iraq’s healthcare sector</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">In 2015, the Iraqi parliament passed the Law on Establishing Private Healthcare Institutions (Federal Law No. 25 of 2015) (the ‘Private Healthcare Institutions Law’), which came into force on 29 June 2015. The new law repealed the old private hospitals law (Federal Law No. 25 of 1985) and some articles in the public health law (Federal Law No. 89 of 1981). The Private Healthcare Institutions Law included major developments and improved the legal framework for private investment in healthcare. The Ministry of Health will issue regulations detailing how it intends to implement the new law. In the meantime, we can point out the following incentives and changes introduced by the new law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Repealing parts of the public health law requiring licence holders to be Iraqis and allowing non-Iraqis to apply for licences to operate healthcare institutions;</li>\r\n 	<li>Allowing incorporation of entities with the purpose of operating healthcare institutions, with the approval of the Ministry of Health;</li>\r\n 	<li>Exempting health care institutions from income tax for the first three years from actual operation, as supported by the Ministry of Health;</li>\r\n 	<li>Allowing further employment of foreign staff up to certain percentages, depending on the type of employed staff;</li>\r\n 	<li>Allowing land allocation for free, with approval from the Ministry of Health;</li>\r\n 	<li>Allowing loans of up to 30 per cent of the cost of establishing hospitals, with the approval of the Ministry of Health.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\">The Private Healthcare Institutions Law is not the only piece of applicable legislation with incentives. Depending on how the investment is structured, it can be a second, more specific, layer which operates on top of the Investment Law (Federal Law No. 13 of 2006), with its two amendments. Unlike the Investment Law, which requires holding a licence from the National Investment Commission (‘NIC’) to enjoy its benefits, the Private Healthcare Institutions Law does not require prior approval from the NIC. Since Iraqi corporate law allows foreign parties to own 100 per cent of Iraqi corporations, investors can choose to operate without an investment licence. Regardless of the path investors choose to follow, the Ministry of Health remains the relevant regulator for healthcare businesses.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\">Dealing with the Iraqi healthcare industry must be done through licensed Iraqi third parties; the only exception is public tenders from KIMADIA. Prior registration of products as well as manufacturers and vendors is required to grant import licences. As far as private investment is concerned, the new Private Healthcare Institutions Law marks a positive development for private investment in the healthcare industry, opening it to foreign capital and creating lucrative opportunities for investment in Iraq.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s3\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Iraq team regularly advises on healthcare law. For further information, please contact Ali Al Dabbagh (A.AlDabbagh@tamimi.com) or Jawad Khalaf (J.Khalaf@tamimi.com).</em></p>'),
	(156193,5592,'core_values',''),
	(102888,5592,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102889,5592,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5563'),
	(102890,5592,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102891,5592,'content_description','The healthcare sector in Iraq offers many opportunities for doing business through trade in medical products or investment in healthcare services.'),
	(102892,5592,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102893,5592,'pageSummary','The healthcare sector in Iraq offers many opportunities for doing business through trade in medical products or investment in healthcare services.'),
	(102894,5592,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102895,5592,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/february-9/a-quick-guide-to-the-iraqi-healthcare-industry.html'),
	(102896,5592,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102897,5592,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','617'),
	(102898,5592,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102899,5592,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','612'),
	(102900,5592,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102901,5592,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(102902,5592,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102903,5592,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This article will cover both well-established law for trade in medicines and new developments opening Iraq’s healthcare sector to private investment. We will start with the trade aspect and cover the import process. Then we will move to the legal framework specific to investing in healthcare in Iraq.'),
	(102904,5594,'_wp_attached_file','uploads2/media-5593.jpg'),
	(102905,5594,'_wp_attachment_metadata','a:5:{s:5:\"width\";i:100;s:6:\"height\";i:133;s:4:\"file\";s:23:\"uploads2/media-5593.jpg\";s:5:\"sizes\";a:0:{}s:10:\"image_meta\";a:12:{s:8:\"aperture\";s:1:\"0\";s:6:\"credit\";s:0:\"\";s:6:\"camera\";s:0:\"\";s:7:\"caption\";s:0:\"\";s:17:\"created_timestamp\";s:1:\"0\";s:9:\"copyright\";s:0:\"\";s:12:\"focal_length\";s:1:\"0\";s:3:\"iso\";s:1:\"0\";s:13:\"shutter_speed\";s:1:\"0\";s:5:\"title\";s:0:\"\";s:11:\"orientation\";s:1:\"0\";s:8:\"keywords\";a:0:{}}}'),
	(102906,5593,'lawUpdateImageURL','5955'),
	(102907,5593,'_lawUpdateImageURL','field_59c8deca117cd'),
	(102908,5593,'lawUpdateDesc',''),
	(102909,5593,'_lawUpdateDesc','field_59da24cd91f17'),
	(102910,5593,'lawUpdateYear','2017'),
	(102911,5593,'_lawUpdateYear','field_59da245091f13'),
	(102912,5593,'pageSummary',''),
	(102913,5593,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102914,5593,'lawUpdateStartMonth','March'),
	(102915,5593,'_lawUpdateStartMonth','field_59da247791f14'),
	(102916,5593,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/section/law-update/section-15/march-10'),
	(102917,5593,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102918,5595,'content','<p class=\"p1\">This article discusses Dubai Court of Cassation judgment 562 of 2016 that specifically addresses the enforceability of a fax indemnity documents signed by the bank’s customers and whether a bank will be held liable for any damage sustained by the customer as a result of an incorrect bank transfer sent via facsimile.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In this case, we successfully represented a bank (the Bank/Defendant) against the bank’s customer (the Claimant) who alleged that the Defendant wrongfully transferred a sum of money from the Claimant’s account based on a forged letter instructing the Bank to make the transfer that was sent by facsimile. The Claimant argued that it did not issue or send instructions to the Defendant requesting such transfer. The Claimant argued that the Defendant should have, prior to approving the transfer, verified the signature, as required by UAE Central Bank regulations, by making a call to the Claimant’s signatory as a safeguard against fraud, which the Defendant failed to do. In this case, the court held that the indemnity contained in the fax indemnity document (signed by the customer) could be applied because the Bank had not committed fraud or gross error. In order to invalidate an indemnity or limitation of liability, it must be established that there was an act (by the other party) of fraud or gross mistake. In this case, there was no fraud or gross negligence giving rise to liability.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Court of First Instance</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Claimant brought commercial action 430 of 2016 against the Defendant (the Bank) before the Dubai Court of First Instance seeking judgment against it for damages incurred due to the Defendant’s breach of the banking customary practice. The Claimant also sought for the appointment of a Forensic Laboratory to perform forensic analysis of the signature of the wire transfer request based on the specimen signature the Claimant had given the Bank for their records.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of First Instance dismissed the Claimant’s claim on 14 March 2016 on the basis that the Bank did not act negligently in processing the transfer and that the Bank acted on the instructions they received from the Claimant via facsimile, and that the Claimant’s authorization included a bank disclaimer. The Court of First Instance found no proof of any fraud or gross error as to engage the Bank’s liability and accordingly dismissed the claim.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Court of Appeal</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Claimant appealed in Commercial Appeal 430 of 2016 and on 14 June 2016, the Court of Appeal dismissed the appeal and upheld the ruling of the Court of First Instance. The Claimant appealed further against the judgment to the Dubai Court of Cassation.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Court of Cassation</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the appeal filed by the Claimant against the Court of Appeal judgment, the Claimant argued that the purported fax letter pursuant to which the transfer was made was fake and was not issued by its authorized signatory and that the Claimant’s authorization to the Bank does not dispense with the verification procedure. The fact that the bank processed the transfer without verifying the fax and its source constituted (they argued) gross error giving rise to liability.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of Cassation dismissed the Claimant’s appeal, explaining that:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Three elements are necessary to engage a bank’s liability in relation to its banking activity: a proven case of negligence (breach of contract) against the bank in relation to the aggrieved; damage; and a causal link between the two. A contractual disclaimer may be applied unless the debtor has committed fraud or gross error. A bank may, in a banking services contract, agree that it shall be excluded, during the term of the contract, from liability for error. The burden is upon the bank to prove that the customer had accepted the disclaimer.</li>\r\n 	<li>According to the fax indemnity document signed by the Claimant, the latter agreed to bear all risks and damages arising as a consequence of the Defendant acting on any instruction received by the Defendant via facsimile. The Defendant had sent the Claimant a notification advice to their email once the transfer was sent on 19 August 2013. The particulars entered on the wire transfer request were accurate details pertaining to the Claimant’s account which they must maintain and protect as confidential information. The passport number of the Claimant’s authorized signatory was entered as given in the declaration of acceptance of facsimile instruction and the account number, the account holder and all other fields were entered accurately. There was no error in the information provided to the Defendant and the request was signed inside the box marked “Authorized Signatory”. Hence, there was no fraud or gross negligence giving rise to liability and the entire contention was baseless. Based on the foregoing, the appeal was dismissed accordingly.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Comment</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This Court of Cassation’s judgment provides an assurance to banks who still accept wire transfer instructions via facsimile. In the past, we have seen a number of judgments where the Dubai Courts held that banks are liable for potential fraud or forged fax instruction especially if the Claimant establishes that the facsimile was not sent from the Claimant’s facsimile machine. However, banks need to make sure that all the information contained in the fax instructions are accurate and match its records. In addition, for the avoidance of any doubt, banks’ employees need to verify the signature to the best of their ability based on the specimen signature of their customers. It is pertinent to note that the Dubai Court in this judgment did not deal with the slight mismatch between the signature in the fax instruction letter and the specimen signature form as this is normally done with cheque related cases. In this case, the bank did not have the original of such fax instruction letter.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In summary, the Court of Cassation will uphold these types of limitation of liability clauses when it comes to banking transactions as long as it is not contrary to public policy, specific statutory mandatory provisions or excludes liability for fraud, gross error or deliberate misconduct.</p>'),
	(211512,5595,'core_values',''),
	(211513,5595,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211514,5595,'file',''),
	(102919,5595,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102920,5595,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(102921,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102922,5595,'content_description','It is well established that the responsibility and liability of a bank towards its customer is governed by the applicable law and the relevant contract entered into between the two parties. This contract also determines how the services will be provided and sets out the obligations of each party. In the event of a breach of an express or implied term of a contract, three elements a be satisfied in order to establish liability: proof of breach by the bank against the aggrieved, damages and the causation between the fault and the damage suffered by the aggrieved. '),
	(102923,5595,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102924,5595,'pageSummary','It is well established that the responsibility and liability of a bank towards its customer is governed by the applicable law and the relevant contract entered into between the two parties. This contract also determines how the services will be provided and sets out the obligations of each party. In the event of a breach of an express or implied term of a contract, three elements a be satisfied in order to establish liability: proof of breach by the bank against the aggrieved, damages and the causation between the fault and the damage suffered by the aggrieved. '),
	(102925,5595,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102926,5595,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/dubai-court-rules-on-liability-of-banks-in-relation-to-faxed-authorizations.html'),
	(102927,5595,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102928,5595,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','890'),
	(102929,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102930,5595,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102931,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102932,5595,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Zane Anani'),
	(102933,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(102934,5595,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','z.anani@tamimi.com'),
	(102935,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(102936,5595,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Dubai, UAE'),
	(102937,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(102938,5595,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(102939,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(102940,5595,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This article discusses Dubai Court of Cassation judgment 562 of 2016 that specifically addresses the enforceability of a fax indemnity documents signed by the bank’s customers and whether a bank will be held liable for any damage sustained by the customer as a result of an incorrect bank transfer sent via facsimile.'),
	(211523,5595,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(102941,5596,'content','<p class=\"p1\">In this case, the Claimant requested an expert to determine whether his invention was protected by the patent in question and determine the extent of the Defendant’s use of the invention and the profits made as a result of the alleged patent infringement. Compensation for moral damages as well as profits gained by the First Defendant was also claimed by the Claimant.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It is important to note in this case that the Claimant challenged the integrity of the committee of experts appointed by the court and raised allegations that the experts appointed by the court were not impartial (the Claimant argued that one of the experts worked for a patent and trademark law firm that had a close business relationship with the Second Respondent); however, the Claimant’s appeal was rejected. It is well established by the Court of Cassation that the trial court has full discretion to find facts and weigh evidence, adopting and discarding evidence to the extent that it finds it persuasive. The court need only explain the truth of which it is convinced with supporting evidence. The trial court may adopt the report of a court-appointed expert over the report of a consultative expert (in this case the consultative expert was appointed by the Claimant) if it considers his analysis of the points at issue to be sufficient.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Claimant’s claim for infringement and request for the Defendants to cease using the patent was not successful and therefore the Claimant was not entitled to any remedies.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Background</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The action was brought before the Abu Dhabi courts by an inventor (the Claimant) against a telecommunications corporation (the First Defendant). During the proceedings, the First Defendant joined the Second Defendant. The Second Defendant was joined on the basis that they were the owner of the system which the First Respondent had purchased. The patent related to a service, the “Mobile TV service”, which allows subscribers to view selected TV channels using live streaming of satellite TV programming.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The dispute revolved around purely technical issues and therefore experts were needed. It is common practice for UAE courts to adopt experts’ report as part of its reasoning in its decision.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Claimant challenged the integrity of the committee of experts appointed in this case by raising allegations that the experts appointed were not impartial.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Court of First Instance</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of First Instance issued its judgment in favour of the Claimant, ordered the First Defendant to pay compensation in the amount of AED 30 million for the patent infringement and ordered the First Defendant to cease using the mobile TV system. The Court of First Instance based its decision on a consultative experts’ report which the Claimant had commissioned.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Both parties appealed the Court of First Instance judgment. The Claimant appealed to amend the compensation to AED 100 million and the First Defendant argued that the Court of First Instance had misapplied the law by relying on a consultant’s report prepared at the request of the Claimant, from a consultant whose background was unknown, was not a sworn expert and without the Defendants involvement. The Second Defendant joined the First Defendant in its appeal and requested the same remedies.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Court of Appeal </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of Appeal rejected the Claimant’s appeal on the basis that his objections were without merit.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of Appeal issued a preliminary decision to appoint a tripartite panel of experts consisting of a telecommunications expert, a patent expert, and an accounts expert. The Experts Division at the Judicial Department, Abu Dhabi, nominated a patent expert and accounts expert from among its own experts but nominated an international expert in telecommunications engineering from among the experts put forward by the Second Respondent from this area of specialty (given the lack of experts practicing within this area at the Judicial Department).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of Appeal held that it was clear from the report of the tripartite panel of experts that the First Defendant did not infringe the Claimant’s patent, and issued its judgment overruling the Court of First Instance judgment and rejecting the claim of the Claimant.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Court of Cassation </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Court of Cassation (in Civil Appeal 81 of 2016) upheld the Court of Appeal’s decision and held that it was clear from the report of the panel of experts that there was no infringement and the system used by the First Defendant and integrated by the Second Defendant was different to the Claimant’s patent. In addition, the First Defendant had purchased the system they implemented from the Second Defendant pursuant to a letter of intent which predates the filing of the Claimant’s patent.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Comment</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\">This case confirms the general rule that the court may rely on an expert report if it has not seen any grounds on the challenges against it. In this case, the committee of experts produced a report that was very clear and the committee had complied with its assignment.</span></p>'),
	(147314,5596,'core_values',''),
	(147315,5596,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(147316,5596,'file',''),
	(102942,5596,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102943,5596,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(102944,5596,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102945,5596,'content_description','This is the first patent infringement dispute of this nature filed in the UAE. The patent is in the field of technical telecommunication “mobile TV” which was introduced into the UAE in July 2007. The Abu Dhabi Judicial department did not have an expert specialised in the field of telecommunication “mobile TV” registered with them who could review the parties’ documents. As a result, the appointment of a committee of international and local experts was necessary and was an important and rare aspect of the case.'),
	(102946,5596,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102947,5596,'pageSummary','This is the first patent infringement dispute of this nature filed in the UAE. The patent is in the field of technical telecommunication “mobile TV” which was introduced into the UAE in July 2007. The Abu Dhabi Judicial department did not have an expert specialised in the field of telecommunication “mobile TV” registered with them who could review the parties’ documents. As a result, the appointment of a committee of international and local experts was necessary and was an important and rare aspect of the case.'),
	(102948,5596,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102949,5596,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/the-role-of-experts-in-patent-infringement-cases-in-the-uae.html'),
	(102950,5596,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102951,5596,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Zane Anani'),
	(102952,5596,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(102953,5596,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','z.anani@tamimi.com'),
	(102954,5596,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(102955,5596,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Dubai, UAE'),
	(102956,5596,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(147307,5596,'_timeline_header','field_59b63de5b74bf'),
	(147306,5596,'timeline_header',''),
	(147304,5596,'orderValue2','2'),
	(147305,5596,'_orderValue2','field_59d0c6f6175b8'),
	(147303,5596,'_stats_list','field_59b6372466bcc'),
	(147302,5596,'stats_list',''),
	(147300,5596,'orderValue1','1'),
	(147301,5596,'_orderValue1','field_59d0c6e5175b5'),
	(102963,5596,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(102964,5596,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(102965,5596,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','634'),
	(102966,5596,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(102967,5596,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(102968,5596,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(102969,5596,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This is the first patent infringement dispute of this nature filed in the UAE. The patent is in the field of technical telecommunication “mobile TV” which was introduced into the UAE in July 2007.'),
	(211493,5595,'_edit_last','1'),
	(211494,5595,'lawUpdateArticlePractices',''),
	(211495,5595,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(211496,5595,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(211497,5595,'_lawUpdateArticleSectors','field_59ec462a1e203'),
	(102970,5597,'content','<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">The case deals with issues faced when a contractual bunker supplier becomes insolvent, and whether the physical supplier of bunkers (or bunkering company) can recover the unpaid cost of bunkers against ship owners or whether the claim is limited to recovery against the insolvent contractual supplier. The rights of the bank in intervention proceedings are also addressed as is the concept of assignment to the bank under UAE law. Al Tamimi and Co represented the Ship Owners in this matter. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Background</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A contractual bunker supplier (the “Contractual Supplier”) sent a purchase order for bunkers to a bunkering company (“Physical Supplier”) requesting the latter to supply a ship (which was owned by a shipping company (the “Ship Owners”)) with marine fuel oil and marine gas oil (the “Bunkers”). The Physical Supplier then supplied the ship with the ordered Bunkers and the ship’s Master/Chief Engineer signed and stamped the bunker delivery note confirming receipt of the Bunkers.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> As is normal practice, a commercial invoice detailing the Bunkers value was sent by the Physical Supplier to the Contractual Supplier; however the invoice was not paid by the Contractual Supplier. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Unfortunately, in the intervening period, the Contractual Supplier became insolvent, but it had assigned all its rights to a bank (the “Assignee”) in relation to its bunker supply contracts including the purchase order by virtue of a Security Agreement. Consequently this transaction became the subject matter of a dispute in Fujairah, UAE. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>The Nature of the Claim</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\">On 19 May 2015, the Physical Supplier bunkering company obtained an arrest order from Fujairah Court against the supplied ship’s sister ship (the “Arrested Ship”) which was at Fujairah Port at the time. The Physical Supplier based the arrest order request on the purchase order, the bunker delivery notes and the commercial invoices. On 26 May 2015 the Physical Supplier filed a substantive claim before Fujairah Court of First Instance against the Arrested Ship, the Ship Owners, the managers of the Arrested Ship and the insolvent Contractual Supplier (the “Defendants”). The claim was for USD 175,196 for to the unpaid cost of the supplied Bunkers and also to validate the arrest order against the Arrested Ship.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> On 27 May 2015, the Ship Owners deposited counter-security in the sum of USD 175,196 with Fujairah Court’s Treasury in order to release the Arrested Ship and substituted the arrest order with a bond/counter security to allow </span><span class=\"s3\">the Arrested Ship</span><span class=\"s1\"> to be released. The Court subsequently decided to release the Arrested Ship. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> On 24 June 2015, the Assignee bank filed an intervention application and joined the proceedings by bringing an action against the Defendants, seeking the cost of the unpaid Bunkers (USD 175,196) based on the Security Agreement. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Fujairah Court of First Instance</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">On 25 October 2015, Fujairah Court of First Instance rendered its judgment by holding the Ship Owners, the managers of </span><span class=\"s3\">the Arrested Ship</span><span class=\"s1\"> and the Contractual Supplier jointly liable to pay the Physical Supplier the sum of USD 175,196 plus interest 26 May 2015 until the full payment is made. The Court also confirmed the attachment over the counter security which was deposited by the Ship Owners to release the Arrested Ship. Furthermore, the Court decided to dismiss the Assignee bank’s intervention application.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Fujairah Court of Appeal</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">In November 2015, the Ship Owners and the Contractual Supplier (the “Appellants”) as well as the Assignee bank challenged the Court of First Instance’s judgment by filling appeals before the Fujairah Court of Appeal. The Appellants argued that the Ship Owners did not have the capacity to be sued in this claim as it was evidenced by the case file that there was no contractual relationship between the Ship Owners and the Physical Supplier with respect to the Bunkers. Furthermore, it is argued that the contractual relationship in relation to the Bunkers was between the Contractual Supplier and the Physical Supplier. Therefore, the Physical Supplier’s claim should be dismissed against the Ship Owners based on Article 252 of the Civil Transactions Law which states that:</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> “<em>A contract may not impose an obligation upon a third party but it may create a right in him.</em>”</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> In relation to the Assignee bank’s appeal, the Ship Owners argued the Court of First Instance was in compliance with UAE law in relation to refusing the Assignee’s intervention application. Alternatively, the Ship Owners argued that the Security Agreement did not meet the requirements for an assignment set out under Articles 1109, 1110 and 1116 of the Civil Transactions Law, as the Contractual Supplier did not inform the Ship Owners of the Security Agreement and the Ship Owners did not accept such Agreement.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Fujairah Court of Appeal Decision</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">On 9 November 2016, Fujairah Court of Appeal handed down its judgment and decided to revoke the Court of First Instance’s judgment and to dismiss the Physical Supplier’s claim against the Ship Owners, as there was no contractual relationship between the Ship Owners and the Physical Supplier with respect to the Bunkers. The Court of Appeal based its judgment on the abovementioned Article 252 of the Civil Transactions Law. Moreover, the Court held that the insolvent Contractual Supplier should be liable for the cost of the unpaid Bunkers, as the contractual relationship in relation to the Bunkers was established between the Ship Owners and the insolvent Contractual Supplier. The Court of Appeal also dismissed the Contractual Supplier’s appeal.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Furthermore, the Court of Appeal dismissed the Assignee bank’s appeal and ruled that the supplying bunkers did not fall within the scope of the Security Agreement as well as holding that the assignment of rights relied on by the Assignee bank did not meet the requirements of UAE law.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Comment</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\">This is another judgment in which the UAE Courts have dismissed the Physical Supplier’s claim against the Ship Owners based on Article 252 of the Civil Transactions Law. However, the judgment does not examine the liability of the ship in relation to the Bunkers.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> The importance of this judgment is the fact that the Court of Appeal examined the Security Agreement and the Assignee bank’s application and decided that the Security Agreement did not include the bunkers supply contracts of the Contractual Supplier, as well as holding that the same does not meet the requirements of the assignment of rights under UAE Law. Therefore, any further claim filed by the Assignee in the UAE based on the Security Agreement against the ship owners regarding bunker supply claims may be dismissed by the UAE Courts in the future, if the Court of Appeal judgment is upheld by the Federal Supreme Court. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Lastly, It should be noted that the Court of Appeal judgment is not a final order, and it has been challenged and we await final determination from the Federal Supreme Court.</span></p>'),
	(211480,5597,'core_values',''),
	(211481,5597,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211482,5597,'file',''),
	(211483,5597,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(211484,5597,'orderValue4','4'),
	(102971,5597,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102972,5597,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(102973,5597,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102974,5597,'content_description','This article is a brief review of a recent Fujairah Court of Appeal judgment (appeal numbers 264, 268 and 269 for the year 2015/Commercial) in relation to a bunkering matter. '),
	(102975,5597,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102976,5597,'pageSummary','This article is a brief review of a recent Fujairah Court of Appeal judgment (appeal numbers 264, 268 and 269 for the year 2015/Commercial) in relation to a bunkering matter. '),
	(102977,5597,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102978,5597,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/uae-court-dismisses-physical-bunker-supplier-claim-against-ship-owner.html'),
	(102979,5597,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(102980,5597,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','934'),
	(102981,5597,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(102982,5597,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(102983,5597,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(102984,5597,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','632'),
	(102985,5597,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(102986,5597,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(102987,5597,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(102988,5597,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This article is a brief review of a recent Fujairah Court of Appeal judgment (appeal numbers 264, 268 and 269 for the year 2015/Commercial) in relation to a bunkering matter.'),
	(102989,5598,'content','<p class=\"p1\">Prior to the establishment of this new body, to be based in Abu Dhabi, all crimes committed using information technology tools were reviewed by the ordinary Public Prosecution offices. Now, with the establishment of this specialised Public Prosecution, such crimes will generally be reviewed exclusively by the new entity – except where the Attorney General directs otherwise.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Specialist Focus</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\">Generally speaking, Federal Law No. 5 of 2012 (the “Cyber Crimes Law”) is the main legislation governing crimes committed using the internet and technological platforms. The crimes tackled by the Cyber Crimes Law include internet fraud and forgery, unlawful access and disclosure of information, impersonating others, using fake IP address to mask the commission of a crime, and other such offences, and the penalties set out in the law are severe. Other laws (such as the UAE Penal Code) govern many of these crimes, but the Cyber Law specifically focuses on those committed through technology platforms, such as fraud committed through emails.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> Article 2 of the new Resolution provides that the new Public Prosecution office will investigate the crimes referred to in Articles 17, 19, 23, 25, 27, 31, 32, 35, 36 and 37 of the Cyber Crimes Law. These Articles include the following: </span></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Promotion of illegal drugs and narcotics;</li>\r\n 	<li>Crimes involving pornographic materials or gambling activities and other acts that may prejudice public morals;</li>\r\n 	<li>Incitement or tempting others to commit prostitution or debauchery;</li>\r\n 	<li>Acquiring or using illegal funds or concealing the origins of any illegal funds;</li>\r\n 	<li>Trade or promoting weapons, ammunitions or explosives;</li>\r\n 	<li>Calling for or promoting the collection of donations without a license;</li>\r\n 	<li>Calling for the evasion from the UAE Laws and regulations;</li>\r\n 	<li>Planning, organizing or calling for unlicensed demonstrations or protests or similar acts;</li>\r\n 	<li>Human trafficking or human organs trafficking; and</li>\r\n 	<li>Offences to Islam, divine religions and their rituals.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p3\">Apart from the above, the Attorney General may further transfer to the new Public Prosecution any other acts penalized by the UAE’s applicable laws, whenever such acts are committed using technological tools.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><strong>Expected Effectiveness and Successful Results:</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A variety of cyber crime cases have been brought before the ordinary Public Prosecution offices including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Cases involving fraudsters or impersonators who are unknown and anonymous. (The investigation process usually reveals their identities quite quickly by tracing many leads they leave behind.)</li>\r\n 	<li>Obtaining orders to block illegal websites on an urgent basis.</li>\r\n 	<li>Obtaining arrest orders and travel bans, enabling offenders to be arrested when entering or departing the country.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\">(For more details, please see our previous Law Update Article “Fighting Unlawful Imitation and Fraudulent Schemes” – September 2015 issue: - http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-11/september-5/cyber-crimes-fighting-unlawful-immitation-and-fraudulent-schemes.html .)</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">With the establishment of the new Public Prosecution, the criminal justice system will be further improved. Specialist Prosecutors, experienced with these types of crimes and the technologies involved, and with specialist resources and training, will be better equipped to serve the needs of the community.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Whilst the ordinary Public Prosecution offices were very effective in addressing and deterring such criminal acts, the establishment of a specialized Public Prosecution office will further ensure suitable outcomes in a practical and timely manner. This approach signifies the UAE’s continuous development to seek excellence and eminence. It also indicates the UAE’s constant determination to safeguard individuals, the community and the State from these types of crimes, and to seek to prevent the misuse of technology.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As we always recommend, once there is a discovery of an illegal act committed through technological platforms, early legal assistance is important to ensure compliance with the applicable laws and that the correct strategy is in place.</p>'),
	(211448,5598,'core_values',''),
	(211449,5598,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(102990,5598,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(102991,5598,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(102992,5598,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(102993,5598,'content_description','On 12 March 2017, Ministerial Resolution No. 220 of 2017 established a Federal Public Prosecution specialized in Information Technology crimes. The Resolution affirms the UAE’s ongoing strategy to combat new crimes arising from fast paced technological development, and the continuous development of the criminal justice system.'),
	(102994,5598,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(102995,5598,'pageSummary','On 12 March 2017, Ministerial Resolution No. 220 of 2017 established a Federal Public Prosecution specialized in Information Technology crimes. The Resolution affirms the UAE’s ongoing strategy to combat new crimes arising from fast paced technological development, and the continuous development of the criminal justice system.'),
	(102996,5598,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(102997,5598,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/uae-introduces-new-public-prosecution-focussing-on-cyber-crime.html'),
	(102998,5598,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(213977,5598,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(213976,5598,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Omar Khodeir'),
	(103001,5598,'lawUpdateArticleWriters',''),
	(103002,5598,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103003,5598,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','On 12 March 2017, Ministerial Resolution No. 220 of 2017 established a Federal Public Prosecution specialized in Information Technology Crimes.'),
	(211459,5598,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(211461,5597,'_edit_last','1'),
	(103004,5599,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Headline sports events already include world class golf, tennis, horseracing, swimming, and rugby tournaments to Formula 1<sup>TM</sup> races, rally racing, and UCI cycling events mixed liberally with a growing array of concerts and cultural events as well as the much anticipated Asian Football Cup 2019, the FIFA World Cup 2022, and Expo 2020 events. This dynamic growth plays an important role in providing public entertainment, encouraging the business and leisure sector to drive employment, tourism, community development, as well as gains in other, related sectors.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">While this rapid expansion, which includes hard and soft infrastructure, is very positive for both government and private enterprise, industry growth cannot be sustained without parallel development in regulatory structures and services that take into account some of the practical concerns of increased safety and security threats. Specifically, there need to be comprehensive strategic and safety plans to take into account the potential impact of risks manifested by major events, from fire and traffic congestion through cyber or terror attacks. A significant amount of the development and investment in the major events sector is founded on the requirement for safety and security.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Who Is Responsible for Ensuring Security?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It is important to note that, in addition to governmental entities such as tourism departments and sports councils, event rights holders, host facilities or venues, event organisers, broadcasters, sponsors, and a range of third party contractors will likely be involved in one or more stages of major event delivery. Even where stakeholder coordination is exemplary, there may be competing commercial interests and an imperfect flow of information and oversight as to all levels of potential risk. At one or more of these levels, commercial decisions may be taken to contract out of or to insure against certain identifiable risks. While this is often sound commercial practice, it may not necessarily prioritise risk identification and reduction. For this reason, the role the authorities – most notably the police – is paramount in coordinating an appropriate balance between hospitality and security.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>The UAE Sports Law</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In 2015, the Security of Sports Facilities and Events Resolution (Cabinet Resolution No. 31, concerning the Executive Regulations of Federal Law No. 8 of 2014) (the ‘Resolution’) was issued. It provides guidance around the scope of legal obligations affecting those involved in the organisation and hosting of sports events. The background and main objectives of the Resolution are to outline obligations concerning sports facility organisers, fan conduct, and tackling corruption. The guidelines are welcome at a time when the UAE has firmly established its credentials as a host for events across a broad spectrum of sports and looks to build on its strong record as a destination for sports and events tourism.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Resolution is the primary vehicle through which the Ministry of Interior will oversee elements of safety and security at sports events in the UAE, leveraging the police (in Dubai for example, under the General Department of Protective Security and Emergency at Dubai Police), civil defence, and other relevant authorities as necessary. This is a cornerstone law for the UAE sports industry, so it is critical that people and companies operating within it – including event organisers, authorised private security firms, sporting regulatory bodies, fans, teams, and other participants – fully understand their obligations to avoid falling foul of the law, which, at its most punitive, can carry serious criminal charges.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Some of the initial headline-grabbing elements of the Resolution relate to unruly fan behaviour, but it actually has a wide-ranging impact, from the planning, coordination, and safety behind event organisation through to on-pitch, court, or track conduct, as well as in the stands. The Resolution’s target impact can loosely be grouped under three target areas in terms of application and addressing safety and security at sporting events through: (i) facility/venue and organiser practices; (ii) fan conduct; and (iii) anti-corruption.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Sports Facilities &amp; Organisers</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">The bulk of the Resolution relates to sports facilities and organisers, with organisers and venue managers subject to specific new compliance requirements and oversight, aimed at ensuring the UAE is aligned with or setting global best practice. Most notably, all sporting events should have a flexible administrative and organisational guide, including necessary measures relevant to the nature and scope of the event (e.g., detailing proposed access/egress routes, safety procedures, security plans, communications, etc.), as well as specifics on the venue. This guide is subject to approval by a designated police contact.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> For a number of sophisticated annual event organisers, designing, submitting, and ultimately implementing their event management plans, in accordance with their approved guide, will essentially cement and perhaps reformulate some elements of best practices they have previously established. This could, however, mean substantial change for some. These requirements are welcome, such as the need for a designated and qualified Event Security Officer to coordinate with a Police Observer, as defined in the Resolution. And the use of the latest technology in communications and crowd management, effectively mandating a blend of common sense with modern capabilities, to increase safety and security as appropriate for modern day sporting entertainment.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Fan Conduct</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Sports fans face tougher fines for criminal actions conducted at events or venues. The Resolution does not replace the existing Penal Code in such circumstances, but it does complement it. This means that committing any Penal Code offence at a sporting event will now be considered an aggravating factor, so it would be likely to attract greater punishment than if it had been committed elsewhere. There will also now be formalised crowd restrictions on entering the field of play, bringing prohibited or dangerous materials into a venue, taking to or acquiring weapons inside a venue, violent conduct, throwing materials, insulting or racially abusing or gesturing at other people, disregarding facility rules, and using a venue for political purposes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Anti-Corruption</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">Given what is unfolding in global sport at present – with various recognised international sporting bodies facing intense scrutiny around their actions – this aspect of the Resolution is not only timely but, in some ways, pioneering. In essence, it removes a significant chunk of self-regulation from sporting bodies and brings it under federal law. Cheating, fraud, or corruption in gaining rights to host a sporting event can now be punishable by a fine of up to AED 1 million, plus liability for certain costs and potential suspension of relevant activities for a minimum of two years. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Event Risk Management Plans</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">We would note that it is important to comply with the law and that doing so requires prompt application to the police with details of the proposed event. The initial application must include the time/date of the event, type of sport, details of the organisers and promoters, insurance policies, if any, security and safety plan(s), and the anticipated number of attendees. Depending on the size and type of event, the police may ask for further documents and details, but in all cases there is a risk of initial rejection and, consequently, delay. As always, compliance will be aided by a solid internal corporate governance structure and culture, a prudent and comprehensive event risk management strategy, and good communications with the relevant authorities.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The full implementation and impact of the Resolution is yet to be seen, but they are potentially far reaching in their scope. However, it should be welcomed in terms of trying to ensure that the UAE, which already hosts some of the world’s most popular sporting events and may have aspirations to host the Olympics, remains at the forefront of the global sporting events sector. Nonetheless, the rules need to be properly understood for companies and individuals to act within their boundaries. Getting this right will take time and significant effort, but it is a matter of compliance that cannot be avoided and should be pursued as a move towards best practices.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Steve Bainbridge will be discussing these issues at the Major Events Safety &amp; Security Summit to be held on 25-27 April 2017 at Sofitel the Palm – Dubai. To register <a href=\"http://www.majoreventssafetyandsecuritysummit.com\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">click here</a>.</em></p>'),
	(155508,5599,'core_values',''),
	(155509,5599,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(103005,5599,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103006,5599,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103007,5599,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103008,5599,'content_description','The type and range of major events being successfully hosted across the GCC region over the past several years provide an impressive roll call. '),
	(103009,5599,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103010,5599,'pageSummary','The type and range of major events being successfully hosted across the GCC region over the past several years provide an impressive roll call.'),
	(103011,5599,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103012,5599,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/major-events-security-considerations-in-the-uae.html'),
	(103013,5599,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103014,5599,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','927'),
	(103015,5599,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103016,5599,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103017,5599,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103018,5599,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The type and range of major events being successfully hosted across the GCC region over the past several years provide an impressive roll call.'),
	(103019,5600,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As we have seen in the last few months, the international arbitration community has expressed its understandable concerns and criticisms in relation to the revision of Article 257, especially as regards its implications for arbitrators in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">What may have gone unnoticed, however, are the implications of the revision to Article 257 for party-appointed experts in arbitration proceedings. This may be because it is assumed that prior to its revision, Article 257 applied to all experts. This is not so. The former version of Article 257 applied only to court-appointed experts.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 257 previously stated that “<em>[t]he expert, who, appointed by the judicial authority in a civil or criminal proceeding, asserts a fact that is contrary to the truth or gives knowingly a false interpretation thereof, shall be punishable by confinement for a minimum period of one year.” In its revised form, Article 257 now stipulates that “anyone who [...] submits a report [...] in favour of or against a person, in contravention of the requirements of the duty of neutrality and integrity, while acting in his capacity [...] [as an expert] [...] selected by the parties, shall be punished by temporary imprisonment</em>”.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Hence, party-appointed experts in arbitration proceedings may be held criminally liable for any alleged failure to comply with the duty of neutrality and integrity stipulated in the revised Article 257. This is problematic. Generally, parties appoint experts to submit reports in order to support their claims. Thus, the recent revision to Article 257 may expose party-appointed experts more readily to criminal charges, since an obstructive party may claim that the payment by a party to that expert necessarily implies that the expert’s report will be biased in favor of that party.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Indeed, it may be argued that prima facie the payment by any party to its appointed expert in an arbitral proceeding would give rise to that expert issuing a “report [...] in favor of or against a person, in contravention of the requirements of the duty of neutrality and integrity,” since party-appointed expert reports tend to favor the position of their party and contradict the position of the other party. The fact that an expert is appointed and remunerated by a party does not necessarily mean that the expert lacks independence, but the retainer of an expert may give rise to a presumption that the resulting report would contravene Article 257, which obviously would be an unintended consequence of the revision.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Moreover, the scope of the expert’s duties has been extended from not “assert[ing] a fact that is contrary to the truth or giv[ing] knowingly a false interpretation” to not contravening the “the duty of neutrality and integrity” of the expert. UAE law does not define what “integrity” and “neutrality” actually mean. The absence of a definition in the UAE law thus may make it easier for an expert to be wrongly accused of acting of bias in preparing a report for the party that appointed him, even where the expert conscientiously endeavoured to exercise independence in preparing his report. The revision of Article 257, thus, may be abused as an additional ground to disrupt the proceedings. This would also be regrettable. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">If the recent revision of Article 257 is to be modified, as urged by the international arbitration community, it is respectfully submitted that not only should arbitrators be excluded from its scope, but also party-appointed experts.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>This article was first published on the Kluwer Arbitration Blog on 10 March 2017. </em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Arbitration team regularly represent clients in UAE, regional, and international arbitration proceedings. For further information please contact John Gaffney (j.gaffney@tamimi.com) .</em></p>'),
	(155474,5600,'core_values',''),
	(155475,5600,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155476,5600,'file',''),
	(103020,5600,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103021,5600,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103022,5600,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103023,5600,'content_description','Federal Law No. 7 of 2016 recently amended Article 257 of the UAE Penal Code to impose criminal liability on arbitrators, experts and translators who issue decisions and opinions contrary to the duties of impartiality and neutrality. The amendment became effective on 18 October 2016.'),
	(103024,5600,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103025,5600,'pageSummary','Federal Law No. 7 of 2016 recently amended Article 257 of the UAE Penal Code to impose criminal liability on arbitrators, experts and translators who issue decisions and opinions contrary to the duties of impartiality and neutrality. The amendment became effective on 18 October 2016.'),
	(103026,5600,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103027,5600,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/the-revision-of-article-257-of-the-penal-code-a-problem-also-for-party-appointed-experts.html'),
	(103028,5600,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103029,5600,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','551'),
	(103030,5600,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103031,5600,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103032,5600,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103033,5600,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','410'),
	(103034,5600,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(103035,5600,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(103036,5600,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103037,5600,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Federal Law No. 7 of 2016 recently amended Article 257 of the UAE Penal Code to impose criminal liability on arbitrators, experts and translators who issue decisions and opinions contrary to the duties of impartiality and neutrality.'),
	(103038,5601,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Although FIDIC confirmed that it is intended for the Second Edition to be in the market later this year, the official release date has yet to be confirmed (and it is possible that FIDIC may make further amendments to the pre-release version). In addition to the Second Edition, FIDIC is scheduled to release new editions of the Red Book and the Silver Book this year, and publish some other new forms of contract.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">FIDIC have taken the opportunity to update the first edition of FIDIC Yellow Book (published in 1999) (“First Edition”) to reflect how the internatiaonal construction industry has evolved over the past 17 years. In particular, the Second Edition significantly bolsters the contract administration procedures (which makes the Second Editions about 50% longer than the First Edition) and seeks to rebalance some of the risk allocation under the First Edition, with the objective of creating a more collaborative approach.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Throughout 2017, we will keep you informed of key changes made to the contract suite and of new contracts that are published.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">One of the key changes is the new claims/dispute resolution procedure under the Second Edition, which focuses on effectively managing claims from the outset so that they do not evolve into disputes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Advance Warning </strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Sub-clause 8.4 of the Second Edition sets out a new ‘early warning’ mechanism requiring either party to inform the Engineer of any event (known or probable) which may, among other things, adversely affect the Works, increase the Contract Price or cause a delay. This type of procedure is found in other forms of standard contracts, is an industry norm and is consistent with acting in good faith.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Upon receipt of an advance warning, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to submit a proposal to avoid or mitigate the effects of the event in question and this may give rise to a variation. This drafting is consistent with the dispute avoidance theme which runs throughout the Second Edition and is a sensible addition.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Claims/Dispute Resolution </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The distinction between Employer claims and Contractor claims has been removed. All claims are now made under Sub-Clause 20.1 of the Second Edition. The Sub-Clause divides claims into two categories; claims for payment and extensions of time on one hand and ‘other claims’ on the other.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This is noticeable departure from Sub-Clause 20.1 of the First Edition, which concerned only Contractor’s claims and did not make any distinction regarding the nature of the claim. Sub-Clause 2.5 of the First Edition (which addressed Employer’s claims) has been deleted from the Second Edition.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Having both party’s claims determined under the same provision is indicative of FIDIC’s intention for the Second Edition to deal with both the Employer and the Contractor in a consistent and even-handed way.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Claims not for payment/EOT</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Sub-Clause 20.1 of the Second Edition provides that if either party (i.e. the Employer or the Contractor) considers that it has a claim which relates to any matter other than to payment or an extension of time, the claiming party shall notify the Engineer of the claim “<em>as soon as practicable after the claiming Party becomes aware of the other Party’s disagreement with the requested entitlement</em>”.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It is important to note that this time frame is not from when the party becomes aware of the claim but is from when they become aware that the other party disputes the claim.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> The Engineer is then to make a determination under Sub-Clause 3.7. This Sub-Clause is significantly more detailed than Sub-Clause 3.5 of the First Edition and contains some key new features.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Among the new features is that the Engineer is to act neutrally under Sub-Cause 3.7. “<em>Neutrally</em>” has not been defined but can probably be taken to require the Engineer to act impartially. This interpretation is strengthened by the fact that Sub-Clause 3.2 states that the Engineer may issue determinations under Sub-Clause 3.7 without reference to the Employer. This is a significant change from Sub-Clause 3.1 of the First Edition which provided that the Engineer is deemed to act as the agent of the Employer.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Sub-Clause 3.7 of the Second Edition encourages the parties, over a period of 42 days, to seek an amicable settlement of the claim and the drafting of clause 3.7.1 envisages that the Engineer is required to play a far more ‘hands on’ role in achieving this than was previously the case.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Under Sub-Clause 3.5 of the First Edition, it was envisaged that the Engineer would liaise with each party individually but the drafting of Sub-Clause 3.7 of the Second Edition expressly refers to the Engineer consulting with the parties “<em>jointly</em>” while the Engineer is required to “<em>encourage discussion between the Parties in an endeavour to reach an agreement</em>”. The intention of greater involvement from the Engineer (particularly in the context of encouraging dialogue between the parties) is to prevent claims from developing into disputes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">If no agreement can be reached between the parties (notwithstanding the Engineer’s efforts to reach an amicable settlement), the Engineer is required to make “<em>a fair determination</em>”. This is consistent with the terminology of Sub-Clause 3.5 of the First Edition.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As with the First Edition, the Engineer’s determination will be binding on the parties unless either party issues a Notice of Dissatisfaction within 28 days. This is the first of several time bars to the claims and disputes procedure under the Second Edition.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Payment/EOT claims </em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Claims regarding payment and extension of time are addressed under Sub-Clause 20.2 and are subject to a more prescriptive procedure (no doubt on account of the complexity and volume of documents that typically concern claims of this nature).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">If either party has a claim, it shall notify the Engineer of this within 28 days. Failure to comply with this timeframe will result in the claiming party losing its entitlement to compensation.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In accordance with the new focus on effective contract/claims management in the Second Edition, sub-clause 20.2.3 imposes a new express obligation on the claiming party to “<em>keep such contemporaneous records as may be necessary to substantiate the Claim</em>”. The sub-clause also entitles the Engineer to monitor the Contractor’s record keeping and to even instruct the Contractor to keep additional records (but does not extend to the Employer’s records).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Within 42 days of a party becoming aware of a claim (or 14 days after the last date for making an initial notification), the claiming party is required to provide the Engineer with a “<em>fully detailed Claim</em>”. This shall set out a description of the factual events giving rise to the claim, the contractual basis of the claim, the contemporaneous records upon which the claiming party relies as well as details of the relief sought. As with the initial notification, a time bar applies if the claiming party fails to submit the detailed claim within the prescribed timeframe of 42 days., being that the initial notification is deemed to have lapsed.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> For late claims for payment and extensions of time (but not ‘other claims’), the Second Edition departs from the strict position under the First Edition regarding time bars and allows the claiming party to apply, within 14 days of receiving the relevant notice from the Engineer, to the Dispute Avoidance/Adjudication Board (“DAB”) for a waiver of the time limits for either the notification of the claim or for the provision of details regarding the claim. The DAB shall, within 28 days, determine whether a waiver should be granted in the relevant circumstances. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This right only applies where you have been given an Engineer’s notice within the required time frame. If this notice is not received then the party does not have a right to seek a waiver of the time bar. This right will also be extinguished where the DAB is deleted from the contract.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Upon receipt of the detailed claim, the Engineer shall make a determination under Sub-Clause 3.7 (as discussed above) regarding the claiming party’s entitlement to payment or to an extension of time.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Disagreement with the Engineer’s Determination </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">If either party disagrees with the Engineer’s determination (whether regarding a claim for an extension of time/payment or an ‘other claim’), it is, within 28 days, entitled to issue a Notice of Dissatisfaction (which is called an “NOD”) to the other party (with a copy to the Engineer) setting out its reasons for disagreement.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The disputed claim shall be referred to the dispute resolution procedure under Clause 21. However and as with the First Edition, the Engineer’s determination shall remain binding on the parties until the dispute resolution process has run its course.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In terms of the formal dispute resolution procedure, the Second Edition provides for disputes to be referred to a DAB, which may consist of either one member or three members (which is the default position).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As with the First Edition, the Second Edition does not include prescribed rules regarding the DAB. Procedural rules regarding the DAB are throughout Clause 21, including the requirement for the DAB to give its decision within 84 days after receiving its reference. The DAB’s decision shall be binding unless disputed by either party within 28 days. If no DAB is in place, any disputes are directly referred to arbitration.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Any disputed decisions of the DAB (which has not been amicably settled within 28 days following issue of a notice by a party of dissatisfaction with the DAB’s decision) may be finally settled by arbitration.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As is the case with the First Edition, the Second Edition refers to the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce as the default arbitral rules and the Tribunal has full power to review and revise the determinations of the Engineer and the DAB.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Position Regarding Timebars</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the UAE the contractual time bars in the Second Edition are vulnerable to challenge. We recommend that the Second Edition is subject to certain amendments so that it is compatible with UAE law.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Notwithstanding the question on the enforceability of time bars, we recommend that the parties seek to adhere to such time periods. Time bars encourage efficient contract administration (meaning that potential disputes are addressed early and do not fester) and this is in the interest of both parties. Further, failure to adhere to a contractual time bar constitutes a breach of contract (which could potentially give rise to a damages claim) while any application to have a time bar set aside incurs cost as well as time which would be best avoided.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Concluding Thoughts</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There is a clear focus in the Second Edition on dispute avoidance, with the Engineer being required to take a more proactive approach in seeking to facilitate the resolution of disputes as early (and therefore as cost effectively) as possible. This is a positive development. Given the pivotal role of the Engineer, it is also important that Engineers take note of and fully embrace the obligation to take the lead on seeking an amicable resolution to disputes in their initial stage (and typically before positions have become entrenched). This is in the clear interests of all stakeholders and it will be interesting to see whether this drafting will have an impact on Engineers’ fees.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Finally, the Second Edition contains key changes which both Employer’s and Contractor’s will need to know and manage or risk losing entitlements to claim.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>For more information or assistance contact Euan Lloyd at e.lloyd@tamimi.com.</em></p>'),
	(155540,5601,'core_values',''),
	(155541,5601,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155542,5601,'file',''),
	(155543,5601,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(155544,5601,'orderValue4','4'),
	(155545,5601,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(155546,5601,'related_pages_header',''),
	(155547,5601,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(155548,5601,'related_pages',''),
	(155549,5601,'_related_pages','field_59b6434af4880'),
	(103039,5601,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103040,5601,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103041,5601,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103042,5601,'content_description','The pre-release second edition of the FIDIC Yellow Book (“Second Edition”) was provided to delegates at the FIDIC International Contract Users Conference in London late last year. '),
	(103043,5601,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103044,5601,'pageSummary','The pre-release second edition of the FIDIC Yellow Book (“Second Edition”) was provided to delegates at the FIDIC International Contract Users Conference in London late last year.'),
	(103045,5601,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103046,5601,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/new-fidic-2017-yellow-book-a-new-claims-procedure.html'),
	(103047,5601,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103048,5601,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','527'),
	(103049,5601,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103050,5601,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103051,5601,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103052,5601,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','537'),
	(103053,5601,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(103054,5601,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(103055,5601,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103056,5601,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','FIDIC have taken the opportunity to update the first edition of FIDIC Yellow Book (published in 1999) (“First Edition”) to reflect how the internatiaonal construction industry has evolved over the past 17 years.'),
	(103057,5602,'content','<p class=\"p1\">The government of Dubai has assigned the duty of allowing the importation of foodstuff, and monitoring the labeling and testing of the products, to Dubai Municipality (DM) at the first instance while DM liaises with the Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology (ESMA) in relation of the adopted relevant standardization in the UAE. In this article we will shed a light on the labelling information which food companies need to know.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The consignee of foodstuff products should, in the first place, be registered at DM as an authorized foodstuff consignee through its electronic system, which is called the ‘Food Import and Re-Export System (FIRS program)’. The consignee should be a registered local company in the UAE trading under food trading activity or general trading activity.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The consignee should process the importation approval through the FIRS program before importing the products or shipping the same to the UAE. The following is a list of the procedures that need to be followed:</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Registration of the Packaging Barcode</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">DM requires that each foodstuff package have a barcode and all packages of the same product should have identical barcodes, as the registered barcode can be used for multiple consignments and each product should receive only one unique barcode.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Laboratory Test</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">FIRS program requires that all registered foodstuff products are tested by a laboratory. DM refers samples of the substances in question to Dubai Central Laboratory at the first instance, and if the lab cannot test the product then they refer it to an accredited lab in the UAE. If the UAE lab cannot conduct the required test then DM may request that the applicant conduct the test at a specific accredited lab abroad.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Registration for Foodstuff and Label Assessment</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Foodstuff products which are new to the FIRS program should be registered through this program. This requires a description of the packaging type (carton containers or plastic or metal etc.) and a clear image of the label and the food item itself (the size of the image should not exceed 10 MB). The labeling information should be present on the wrapper as a minimum requirement. The following labeling information should be considered for all foodstuff products:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Details of the foodstuff products in question</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Commercial Name/brand name of the foodstuff: The name shall be specific and not generic, and shall indicate the true nature of the foodstuff.</li>\r\n 	<li>Production &amp; expiration dates: foodstuff products with a shelf-life not exceeding 18 months shall carry the date of minimum durability using words such as “will keep at least until ....”.</li>\r\n 	<li>Ingredients to be arranged in a descending order according to the weight or volume.</li>\r\n 	<li>Highlight any ingredients which may cause hypersensitivity.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Instructions on storage and use.</li>\r\n 	<li>The net weight of the contents.</li>\r\n 	<li>Manufacturer Name and address:</li>\r\n 	<li>The name and address of the manifacturer or the packer can be declared in case the packer is not the same as the manifacturer. Only one name and address is required as a mimimum requirement.</li>\r\n 	<li>Country of origin:</li>\r\n 	<li>EU is not a country of origin and the exact country should be specified.</li>\r\n 	<li>Lot identification: Each pack/container shall be marked in code or in a clear way to identify the producing factory and the lot.</li>\r\n 	<li>Product’s barcode number.</li>\r\n 	<li>The nutritional information. The authorities in the UAE require the amounts of nutrients present on the label (the nutritional information and the net content) as percentage by weight only or by amount of food serving.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThe following sample chart represents the best practice of listing the amounts of nutrients and we have included fat, sodium and protein as examples for nutrition facts:\r\n<table class=\"t1\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p7\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Nutrition Facts</strong></span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p7\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Percentage (%)</strong></span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\"><strong>معلومات‭ ‬تغذوية</strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">Fat</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">0%</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\">دهون</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">Sodium</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">7%</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\">صوديوم</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">Protein</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">1%</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\">بروتين</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p10\"><span class=\"s3\"> </span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p10\"></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p10\"></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p7\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Nutrition Facts</strong></span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p7\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Amount (g)</strong></span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\"><strong>معلومات‭ ‬تغذوية</strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">Fat</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">0 g</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\">دهون</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">Sodium</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">7 g</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\">صوديوم</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">Protein</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p9\"><span class=\"s3\">1.1 g</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td class=\"td1\" valign=\"top\">\r\n<p class=\"p8\" dir=\"rtl\">بروتين</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Halal marking</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p13\">[image class=\"__image__\" imageId=\"5401\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/media/get/20170330_Picture1.png\"]</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Genetically modified (GMO) products should be marked as (Genetically modified + the name of the product) or (product from genetically modified + the name of the product) while those products which contain GMO should be marked as (contain genetically modified + the name of the product).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>General Mandatory Labelling Information</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The labels for packed foodstuff products should be clear, easy to read and difficult to remove in the normal conditions of handling and use. Information should not be obscured by designs or by other written, printed or graphic matter and shall be on contrasting ground to that of the background. The letters of the name of the products shall be in a size reasonably related to other prominent printed matter on the label.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> Where the container is covered by a wrapper, the wrapper must carry the necessary information, or the label on the container shall be readily legible through the outer wrapper or not obscured by it. In general the name and net contents of the foodstuff products must appear on that portion of the label normally intended to be presented to the consumer at the time of sale.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Labelling Language</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Arabic is the official language for verifying the information on the label. Other languages on the label are considered as translation. The language used on packaging labels of foodstuff must be in Arabic and/or English.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">When the labelling information includes details other than the mandatory information, the label should include in Arabic at least the mandatory information.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Companies may use stickers to translate the food labels into the Arabic Language. It is admissible that the labeling information on the wrapper is given in all languages, save for Hebrew due to the commercial boycott to Israel.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Possible Reasons for Rejection</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The FIRS program may reject the registration of foodstuff products for the following common reasons:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>\r\n<div class=\"p12\">Banned ingredients such as poppy seeds and alcohol</div></li>\r\n 	<li>Difficult to read the label information</li>\r\n 	<li>Duplicated barcodes in the FIRS program</li>\r\n 	<li>Ingredients are not declared</li>\r\n 	<li>Ingredients in foreign language neither Arabic nor English</li>\r\n 	<li>Non conformity with applicable laws, such having religious signs or inappropriate pictures.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIn conclusion, producers of foodstuff products should keep in mind the requirements of the FIRS program at Dubai Municipality. Most importantly they should remember that only a registered local company in the UAE trading under food trading activity or general trading activity can be a legitimate importer of foodstuff products into Dubai. Foodstuff products should comply with the general rules of standard GSO 9/2019 for labeling pre-packaged foodstuff, in addition to other complementary standards such as Halal standards and the GMO standards.'),
	(211412,5602,'core_values',''),
	(211413,5602,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211414,5602,'file',''),
	(103058,5602,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103059,5602,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103060,5602,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103061,5602,'content_description','The quality and variation of foodstuff products in a cosmopolitan city like Dubai is an important factor in a city’s success, and requires the government to enact modern legislation to ensure it is properly controlled. '),
	(103062,5602,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103063,5602,'pageSummary','The quality and variation of foodstuff products in a cosmopolitan city like Dubai is an important factor in a city’s success, and requires the government to enact modern legislation to ensure it is properly controlled. '),
	(103064,5602,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103065,5602,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/labeling-of-foodstuff-in-dubai.html'),
	(103066,5602,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103067,5602,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Bassam Salah Al-Azzeh'),
	(103068,5602,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(103069,5602,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','b.alazzeh@tamimi.com'),
	(103070,5602,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(103071,5602,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Dubai, UAE'),
	(103072,5602,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(103073,5602,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(103074,5602,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(103075,5602,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','634'),
	(103076,5602,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(103077,5602,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(103078,5602,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103079,5602,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The quality and variation of foodstuff products in a cosmopolitan city like Dubai is an important factor in a city’s success, and requires the government to enact modern legislation to ensure it is properly controlled.'),
	(103080,5603,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><strong>What is a Blockchain?</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Technically speaking a “Blockchain” is a distributed ledger of records, arranged in data batches called “blocks”, that use cryptographic validation to link themselves together into an unbroken “chain”. The encryption process, known as “hashing” is carried out by multiple computers. If they all agree on the answer, each block receives a unique digital signature.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> What is attractive about Blockchains are that they are secure by design, as the distributed nature means it is very hard for anyone to tamper with the data – as a hacker would have to get access to every copy of the database contemporaneously to be successful.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Old transactions are preserved forever in a Blockchain and new transactions are added to the ledger irreversibly. Anyone using the network can check the ledger and see the same transaction history. That means the ledger cannot be altered, only added to, and it is updated for everyone on the network at the same time.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> While the concept of mutual distributed ledgers is not new, the Blockchain has gained more recent prominence as the technology underpinning the Bitcoin cryptocurrency.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> What Blockchain technology enables is a way to validate transactions through little or no human intervention.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Instead of requiring the involvement of middlemen and manual processing, a potentially huge amount of transactions could be validated automatically using Blockchain technologies.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> If banks and other financial institutions can increase the speed of transactions and reduce costs in the banking system, it should mean cheaper and more efficient services for consumers. For example, sending money overseas could become nearly instantaneous.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Blockchains also have wider potential beyond financial services.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">Blockchains are suitable for recording events, medical records, identity management and other records management activities.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s3\"><strong>Smart Contracts</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">Blockchain ledger technology could be used not only for decentralised transactions but also for smart (i.e. automated and computable) transactions and smart (computable and self-executing) contracts that can take advantage of smart transactions. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> To be clear, the term “smart contract” does not refer to a true contract in legal terms. Essentially, a smart contract is a piece of software code that two or more parties program to cause certain actions to happen in response to the occurrence of specific conditions.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> From a UAE perspective, Article 12 of Federal Law No.1 of 2006 on Electronic Commerce and Transactions appears to have anticipated “smart contracts” as it provides that valid and enforceable contracts can be formed by computer programs (defined as “automated electronic agents”) that include two or more electronic information systems preset and pre-programmed to carry out the transaction, even if no individual is directly involved.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s3\"><strong>Dubai Blockchain Strategy</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Dubai government has clearly recognised the potential of Blockchains and through the introduction of the Dubai Blockchain Strategy (the “Strategy”) it is pioneering the application of new Blockchain based technology. If the Strategy is successfully implemented, Dubai should have the first Blockchain powered government.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> The Strategy is a result of a collaboration between the Smart Dubai Office and the Dubai Future Foundation. Going forward the Dubai Future Foundation will oversee the implementation of the Strategy and the Smart Dubai Office has been tasked with its execution.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The Strategy is built on the three pillars of:</span></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>government efficiency;</li>\r\n 	<li>industry creation; and</li>\r\n 	<li>international leadership.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\"><span class=\"s2\">Under the first pillar of “Government Efficiency”, the Strategy is intended to contribute to increased government efficiency by enabling a paperless digital layer for all city transactions, supporting Smart Dubai initiatives in the public and private sector. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Documentation, such as visa applications, bill payments and license renewals, which the Dubai government estimates currently account for over 100 million documents each year, will be transacted digitally under the Strategy. It has been estimated that the use of Blockchain technology could contribute savings of up to 114 MTons CO2 emissions from trip reductions, and redistribute up to 25.1 million hours of economic productivity in saved document processing time. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s5\"> Under the second pillar of “Industry Creation” the Strategy will introduce a system for enabling the creation of new businesses using Blockchain technology (the Dubai government in its announcement of the Strategy expected the volume of the Blockchain market to hit US$300 million over the next five years). Industries that would likely benefit from Blockchain technology include: real estate, fin-tech and banking, healthcare, transportation, urban planning, smart energy, digital commerce and tourism. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The third pillar of the Strategy is “International Leadership”. Under this pillar, Dubai will open its Blockchain platform for global counterparts to enhance safety, security, and convenience for international travellers to Dubai. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Under the Strategy, international travellers will benefit from faster entry with pre-approved passport and security clearance and visas; easier mobility within Dubai due to approved drivers licenses and car rental; guaranteed wireless connectivity; enhanced tourism and pre-authenticated temporary digital wallets and payments. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The third pillar of the Strategy is to be delivered through a Global Trust Network with partners in Europe, North America and Asia. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Prior to the launch of the Strategy the Dubai Future Foundation had already founded the Global Blockchain Council, an initiative that includes 42 government entities and private companies to discuss the best applications in Blockchain technologies.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> As a distributed ledger Blockchain based systems have the potential to reduce or eliminate many categories of validation and verification issues for simple transactions. There is no need for trusted third parties such as banks to complete transactions. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Consequently, Blockchains could become the norm for data records sooner rather than later.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Through the Strategy, the Dubai Government is recognizing Blockchiain as the next step in digital transformation of the public and private sector and positions Dubai as a leading center for Blockchain development and innovation.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Al-Tamimi &amp; Company’s Technology, Media &amp; Telecommunications team regularly advises on technology related issues including encryption and electronic contracting, and telecommunications and media related transactions. For further information please contact Andrew Fawcett (a.fawcett@tamimi.com). </em></p>'),
	(155401,5603,'core_values',''),
	(155402,5603,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155403,5603,'file',''),
	(155404,5603,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(155405,5603,'orderValue4','4'),
	(155406,5603,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(103081,5603,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103082,5603,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103083,5603,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103084,5603,'content_description','The Dubai Blockchain Strategy, that was launched by His Highness Sheikh Hamdan Bin Mohammad Bin Rashid Al Maktoum in October 2016, establishes a roadmap for the introduction of Blockchain technology for Dubai and the creation of an open platform to share the technology with cities across the globe.'),
	(103085,5603,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103086,5603,'pageSummary','The Dubai Blockchain Strategy, that was launched by His Highness Sheikh Hamdan Bin Mohammad Bin Rashid Al Maktoum in October 2016, establishes a roadmap for the introduction of Blockchain technology for Dubai and the creation of an open platform to share the technology with cities across the globe.'),
	(103087,5603,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103088,5603,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/new-tech-on-the-block-dubais-blockchain-strategy-and-why-it-matters.html'),
	(103089,5603,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103090,5603,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','508'),
	(103091,5603,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103092,5603,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103093,5603,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103094,5603,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The Dubai Blockchain Strategy establishes a roadmap for the introduction of Blockchain technology for Dubai and the creation of an open platform to share the technology with cities across the globe.'),
	(211393,5602,'_edit_last','1'),
	(211394,5602,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(103095,5604,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The “ed-tech” sector is growing at a significant rate. Indeed some commentators are predicting the demise of the traditional delivery of education, and a complete replacement of that system by online platforms. But most appear to consider the introduction of technology into classrooms as augmenting rather than replacing current teaching methods, in a positive manner for both educators and students.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Either way, education providers are now at a point where they can no longer ignore the technology that is creeping into their businesses. And with those changing business models comes new legal implications – some small and some very large.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Content Production </strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It is argued by some that institutions that only licence content from third parties are going to find that they are not able to compete alongside those that create their own content. Creating content means that the institutions can create branded content that promotes their brand. They will also not have to pay licence fees for quality content as they can use their own materials. But in addition, and most importantly, institutions will be able to use this content in ways that will generate income without any restriction from a licensee.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In some cases, the creation of content may mean simply taking the students to an appropriate wiki site, as an example, and having them upload their own materials into the site. These can range from having a school-wide Wikispace to contributing to a student driven global information sharing platform. Legally, it is important to ensure that both the teachers and the students understand that, in doing this, they are creating this content for common usage (usually under a Creative Commons licence). As the creator of that content, the author must specifically agree to the use of the content on those terms.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For educational institutions with bigger goals, the creation of complete sets of materials for students will become more desirable, and more commonplace. Whilst, on initial review, it may appear that the institutions are creating materials that could ultimately make them redundant as educators, in fact the interaction between the student and the institution will have increasing importance to those that are going to be assessing the value of the qualification. The institutions ultimately control the qualification that is provided to the students and, in controlling the content itself, they control the quality (and therefore the reputation) of that qualification. A Harvard Masters Degree will not lose the cache that it currently enjoys for as long as Harvard continues to insist on a quality curriculum, tough criteria for passing and the world’s most respected professors.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> We know that teachers already create their own materials within the confines of the established curriculum but the addition of scripts and filmed materials is a new development. What controls do the teachers have over these new materials – will they need to be approved by a senior member of staff before use? How long can they be used for? Must the teacher recreate them for the next year or are they able to be used repeatedly? Can the teacher use them elsewhere or is this an exclusive use contract? Does the institution in fact own the materials that are created in this manner? These terms that govern the creation of the content must be clear and unambiguous and each time a new component is added to their scope of work, then the employment contract may need to be revisited to ensure that it addresses all issues that the institution requires.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In this regard, it is interesting to note the existence of the UNESCO 2012 OER Declaration (also known as the “Paris Declaration on Open Educational Resources”) which was drafted to promote OER but also calls for all publicly funded educational materials to be released in a freely reusable form.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Online Content Distribution – Non Synchronous Content</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">One of the earliest trends in digital education delivery systems was the MOOCs: massive open online classes. Anyone with an internet connection can now access materials and instructor videos as well as interacting with other students. In this scenario, your professor becomes a content producer, not only analyzing and researching the subject, but also writing the scripts and then delivering the content so that the institution can exploit it.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In addition, traditional educators are now also creating courses without physical class sessions. There are two types of online classes: those that have no synchronous interaction among faculty and students and those that use videoconferencing software to hold a real-time, synchronous class. Online programs with synchronous classes are the most expensive and labour-intensive to offer, but arguably provide the best online experience for the students themselves.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> Whilst many institutions concentrate on the student terms of enrolment when they move to an online model, they may overlook this fundamental legal point within the contract with the creator of the content. The institution must own (or at least have an exclusive licence over) the content in order to legally exploit it. Similarly, the institution must maintain total control over the awarding of qualifications arising from the use of the materials. So whilst, for example, an online contract law course may be provided to all members of the public, it must be clear that this will not be readily credited towards the awarding of a degree.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Licensing of Content from Third Parties for use by Students and/or Teachers</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It is common for larger institutions to have procurement or accounts requirements that are tailored to the bricks-and-mortar education model. The licensing of technology is often not factored into the model or, if it is factored into the procurement model is it not done well, with no understanding of the usual licence fees or knowledge of common and reasonable licence terms.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Technology licensing terms are far too often driven by the suppliers themselves, which is not common in any other industry. Practically, this may not always end in a one-sided license for the institution, but on a realistic risk analysis, it is very likely to do so. Just a few key issues that have, anecdotally, often been overlooked in the past in contracts include:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>content updating schedules, leaving students with outdated content</li>\r\n 	<li>curriculum warranties, to ensure that content will continue to match curriculum</li>\r\n 	<li>current and ongoing ability for the software/content to interact with purchased hardware</li>\r\n 	<li>short licence periods meaning complete re-negotiation needed in a few years</li>\r\n 	<li>adequate training in the use of the technology and service</li>\r\n 	<li>‘uptime’ minimums</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\">Of course this will generally be completely overlooked for free technology and free interactive apps. Do remember however that these do come with terms of use that should not be exceeded. As they are usually provided on an ‘as is’ basis, then it is important that they are properly audited for suitability before they are provided to students. There is no legal recourse if this is not done.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Privacy and Data</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Interaction online means the potential for extraordinary collection of data on the institution and its staff and students. This is now commonplace in the online environment and is something that needs to be understood and managed properly by institutions. Alongside this, we know that the providers of ed-tech want to secure more data so that they can drive the development of their products in the appropriate manner. The collection of data can have a positive outcome. This can range from the ‘big picture’ of real time tracking of a student’s progress from the first day to last year, with the ability to statistically see when and if a student is struggling when compared against her former standards, down to a simple knowledge of whether the student actually opened the book within the e-reader or not.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">However this may be done by the institution, openness is vital. It is important to know the laws applicable to the collection, storing and moving of such data in each country in which you operate. It is also important to let students know, by way of a data and privacy policy, what data is being collected and what it is being used for. It is extremely important to ensure that, no matter the strength or otherwise of the privacy legislation that applies in the jurisdiction, third parties that are providing content to your students are also complying with your data and privacy policy as well. In this region, data privacy laws are not as stringent as they are in, for example, USA or Europe. This may mean that institutions can take a more lenient approach to the collection, storing and moving of data but each must then determine the effect that this may have on their reputation with potential students within the international education market.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">We are still in the early stages of the transformation that technology is bringing to schools and universities around the world and the ultimate destination is still unclear. The 10-year olds of today, already receiving lessons on iPads each day, will expect the highest levels of well-curated educational content to be available to them on every device, as and when they require it. Competition for students will increase. Some institutions may not survive, others will change dramatically, however it seems clear that those that embrace and adapt to the new technology, and promote their use of that technology to potential students will be in the strongest position to lead the education sector in ten years time.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s4\"> </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Technology, Media &amp; Telecommunications team regularly advises on content matters both on-line and in traditional media, acting for producers, creative agencies and broadcasters. For further information, please contact Fiona Robertson (f.robertson@tamimi.com).</em></p>'),
	(155435,5604,'core_values',''),
	(155436,5604,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155437,5604,'file',''),
	(155438,5604,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103096,5604,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103097,5604,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103098,5604,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103099,5604,'content_description','Disruptive technology (i.e. technology which disrupts a traditional way of doing business) is making obvious strides in a variety of sectors. The biggest taxi operator doesn’t have a fleet of cars whilst the largest room provider doesn’t own a single hotel room. But what about the education sector? And what are the practical legal considerations for education providers?'),
	(103100,5604,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103101,5604,'pageSummary','Disruptive technology (i.e. technology which disrupts a traditional way of doing business) is making obvious strides in a variety of sectors. The biggest taxi operator doesn’t have a fleet of cars whilst the largest room provider doesn’t own a single hotel room. But what about the education sector? And what are the practical legal considerations for education providers?'),
	(103102,5604,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103103,5604,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/disruptive-education-the-role-of-technology-in-altering-delivery-of-education.html'),
	(103104,5604,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103105,5604,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','845'),
	(103106,5604,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103107,5604,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103108,5604,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103109,5604,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Education providers are now at a point where they can no longer ignore the technology that is creeping into their businesses. And with those changing business models come new legal implications – some small and some very large.'),
	(103110,5605,'content','Hence supply-chain risk management has become an important part of a wider company risk management process. Effective due diligence procedures form a central component of that process for all organisations.\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This article will discuss the key elements that should be included in a due diligence process which underpins a corporate risk management assessment, and the consequences of not managing risks or putting appropriate control measures in place. We have focussed on the position in the UAE however the same issues arise across the region. We also examine the extent to which technology can be used as a useful tool in assisting to identify and control supply-chain risks.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Key elements in a supply-chain risk assessment and diligence process:</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There are five key elements that should be considered when seeking to understand supply-chain risk, and in respect of which, due diligence should be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Know your partners in the supply-chain:</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p5\">The typical starting point when establishing the identity details of a potential partner (agent/distributor) is to obtain and review the partner’s trade licence. This document is available by public record, such as from a UAE Emirate Department of Economic Development register. It provides basic information, including the legal activities that the partner may carry out, and the shareholder information. However, this document provides no clarity as to the ultimate beneficial owner. Obtaining evidence of beneficiary interests in an important factor in assessing partner risk but is not usually easy to obtain, particularly in the Gulf states, where there are many family owned businesses, often third generation with multiple shareholders, and names which are not easy to trace via public records (which in any event often do not exist). It is important however, to dig deep and not rely on a superficial level of investigation of beneficial ownership information. There could be many hidden risks in doing business with unidentified partners, for instance those who may engage in corrupt behaviour, have a criminal history, be blacklisted from tendering for government contracts, or worse-case-scenario, suspected of financing terrorism.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Corporate diligence:</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p5\">In Gulf states the requirement to lodge certain corporate documents with a ministry or department is common-place, and it is often the case that those documents must be legalized, attested and perfected before a Notary Public. Failure to properly complete this process can increase a risk profile. When undertaking diligence in supply-chain management, a company should ask a number of questions before signing documents or entering into agreements. Examples include, being aware of what corporate and commercial documents are signed, who has the power of attorney and what happens to those documents (eg. whether they are required to be submitted to a regulator). A signed document which ends up in the wrong hands, could be misused by a third party. Certain types of agreement if lodged with a ministry may then confer additional legal rights on an agent or distributor, and it may then prove very difficult to terminate relationships with those parties, and any future disputes can be time consuming and costly.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Commercial diligence:</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p5\"><span class=\"s2\">Commercial agreements between parties in a supply-chain relationship often contain clauses which requires a services provider to ‘comply with all applicable law’. The party securing the services of the provider (whether agent or distributor) could be forgiven for believing that such clauses act as a shield, protecting it from the non-compliant acts of their partners. Not so. Whist contractual risk can be controlled in this way, not all risk passes and such clauses are not, by themselves, a sufficient protector. Best practice principles should be built into the due diligence process to enable a continued level of scrutiny on the behaviour and compliance of all third party partners. A company and their suppliers form close relationships and both parties are inextricably affected by each others’ actions, and the risks associated with working together are varied, and in some cases, complex. </span></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Payment regime:</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p5\">In the ordinary course of business, payments are made to the supply-chain for services rendered. Historically, a foreign producer of goods may have relied heavily on the local partner to ensure that the route to market was clear, all promotional marketing materials prepared and distributed, and sales teams working to achieve volume growth. In terms of what the supply-chain payments were actually used for, very little thought was given as to whether the behaviour of the supply-chain was compliant, corrupt or fraudulent. In recent times, the Gulf states have been active in implementing legislation which has impacted upon the behaviour culture of the supply-chain. The risk of terrorist financing, bribery and corruption and money laundering is on the rise. Thus, a supply-chain due diligence process should encourage companies to keep themselves abreast of changes which might impact on the supply-chain payment regime and be rigorous as to what services are expected in return for payments made. What used to be common industry practice in the past might now be banned. For example, in a UAE context, a party in the supply chain may have historically paid ‘commission’ payments to a third party or government official in order to attract a new order or with a view to winning a procurement tender, such behaviour would violate the Penal Code and procurement laws. In a further illustration, the UAE Ministry of Health and Prevention has issued a Circular concerning the payment of bonuses and lawfulness of discounting schemes for certain pharmaceuticals, and further policy standards which prohibit payments being made between healthcare professionals for referring a patient if insurance reimbursement is to be sought.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p5\">Furthermore, UAE laws are strict when it comes to corporate fundraising activities, which are intended to be for charitable purposes, but where there is a risk that funds may be siphoned-off and used for illegal purposes (such as financing terrorism), and the law now requires such activities (and any social-media content) to be pre-approved by the relevant regulator, and the activities conducted alongside licensed charitable institutions in accordance with Federal Resolution number 8 of 1974, the Executive Council Resolution number 26 of 2013 . A breach of these laws can be penalised by imprisonment and a fine.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Trade risk:</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p5\"><span class=\"s3\">This risk covers all the legal aspects of getting a company’s products to the market. A checklist could include questions as to whether local suppliers have the correct licenses to import and clear products from customs or whether there are legal or regulatory restrictions. For instance, some products such as fire safety equipment can only be imported into the UAE by 100% locally owned businesses, and many products need specific pre-approvals before entering into the UAE or GCC region. Certain products may even be prohibited from being imported under the GCC Common Customs Law. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Consequences of not sufficiently managing third party risks</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The repercussions for legal non-compliance or not sufficiently managing third party risks are significant and can be detrimental to any business, and the individuals running the business. Companies can be fined, goods confiscated or delayed at the ports and directors risk imprisonment. The revocation of a work visa, and deportation protocols may also be triggered depending upon the circumstances.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There are a number of laws and regulations in the UAE which are relevant to supply-chain risk, for instance money laundering, terrorist financing and/or breach of financial/trade sanctions include: Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Law (Federal Law No. 4 of 2002); Federal Law No. 7 of 2014 on combating terrorism crimes; Penal Law No. 3 of 1987 and the Penal Procedures Law. A breach of the AML law, for instance, can lead to imprisonment of up to ten years and fines up to AED 1 million (about $272,000). For trafficking counterfeit goods in the supply-chain, penalties are imprisonment for up to two years and/or a fine of up to AED 1 million (about $272,000). In 2016, the UAE consumer protection authority confiscated counterfeit goods worth over Dh1.6 billion.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Suppliers and due diligence</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Given that the consequences of non-compliance are severe, an increasing number of companies have become more rigorous in their due diligence processes and are now asking their suppliers to disclose information and be transparent. As a result, many suppliers have become more aware of due diligence requirements and have adapted their business processes to comply with those requirements.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Some US multinationals, when undertaking a deep-dive into partner beneficial ownership issues, require the supplier to answer detailed questionnaires as to beneficial owner information and will require personal undertakings from ultimate owners. In the global supply-chain, international companies often require suppliers to be familiar with US import/export rules and to confirm that they comply with the compliance requirements of a foreign jurisdiction supplier.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the healthcare sector, pharmaceutical distribution agreements require suppliers to agree to a thorough process of pharmacovigilance (monitoring the effects of medical drugs after they have been licensed for use) and governance requirements (for public listed companies) which are then incorporated into the supply-chain risk assessment.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Risk Assessment Tools</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There are a multitude of useful tools available to assist companies when assessing supply-chain risk, such as, detailed risk matrices and risk assessment tools, which analyse all factors affecting the supply-chain such as political, cultural, economy, markets, risks of natural disaster, terrorism, and cyber security.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The use of technology and artificial intelligence will play an increasing role in the due diligence process. There are a number of tools already on the market that can analyse documents quickly and populate a risk assessment and provide an indication of risk-level. Technology may never be able to entirely replace the expertise of trained compliance professionals when it comes to due diligence, but it can certainly help to make the process far more efficient.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Good business practice looks like this: having the processes and tools in place to manage risks before they become a problem. Once the culture of compliance is fully integrated into the whole supply-chain, opportunities for growth will emerge through being compliant, efficient and competitive, and by doing what is right.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Regulatory team regularly advises on regulatory compliance. For further information please contact Andrea Tithecott (a.tithecott@tamimi.com).</em></p>'),
	(211379,5605,'core_values',''),
	(211380,5605,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211381,5605,'file',''),
	(103111,5605,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103112,5605,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103113,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103114,5605,'content_description','Companies are often exposed to complex global third party risks making it increasingly important for them to have effective procedures in place to evaluate, monitor and manage those risks. '),
	(103115,5605,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103116,5605,'pageSummary','Companies are often exposed to complex global third party risks making it increasingly important for them to have effective procedures in place to evaluate, monitor and manage those risks. '),
	(103117,5605,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103118,5605,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/due-diligence-and-risk-assessment-in-supply-chain-management.html'),
	(103119,5605,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103120,5605,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','507'),
	(103121,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103122,5605,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103123,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103124,5605,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Shaden Shibiny'),
	(103125,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(103126,5605,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','s.elshibiny@tamimi.com'),
	(103127,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(103128,5605,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Abu Dhabi, UAE'),
	(103129,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(103130,5605,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(103131,5605,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(103132,5605,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','This article will discuss the key elements that should be included in a due diligence process which underpins a corporate risk management assessment, and the consequences of not managing risks or putting appropriate control measures in place.'),
	(103133,5606,'content','<p class=\"p1\">Our Commercial Advisory group are often asked to review a principal’s standard form distribution agreement and we in this article we will highlight some of the key issues that should be considered in the context of such agreements under UAE law.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Commercial Agency Law</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A foreign based principal should always consider the potential application of local laws to an agreement. The UAE, and the wider GCC for that matter, have specific commercial agency laws which can afford local distributors significant legal protections. In respect of the UAE, Federal Law No. 18 of 1981 on commercial agencies, as amended by Federal Law No. 14 of 1988, Federal Law No. 13 of 2006 and Federal Law No. 2 of 2010 (“Agency Law”) has application in the event that a local distributor is a UAE national or a company wholly owned by UAE nationals and the local distributor was appointed on an exclusive basis (in respect of one or more of the Emirates). The impact of this certainly needs to be considered by a principal and these issues have been addressed in detail in previous articles.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Taxes and duties</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In respect of the UAE, the products subject to a distribution agreement will generally be coming from overseas, so the parties should make it clear who is responsible for the associated import and export costs. A short form way to address this is by reference to a specific incoterm, which are a set of globally recognised standard terms that prescribe the respective responsibilities of a supplier and buyer, with regard to the delivery, importation and insurance obligations and so on.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Thought must also be given to the impact of any local taxes. Most standard form distribution agreements, especially those from principals which are subject to a tax regime in their home country, will already have provisions dealing with tax and the effect on any payments due under the agreement. Obviously, a principal needs to ensure that the price they expect to receive from the local distributor for the products supplied is not adversely effected by tax (i.e. by the local distributor deducting any tax payable and remitting the product price net of any applicable taxes). In the context of the UAE, whilst there is currently no withholding tax, which is implemented by some other GGC countries, it has been announced that VAT will be introduced on 1 January 2018. Therefore, a foreign based principal needs to ensure there are appropriate provisions dealing with the impact of VAT in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Governing law and dispute resolution</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Often a foreign based principal will be comfortable with, and will want to ensure that, the governing law of its home country is that which governs their relationship with a local distributor. However, generally speaking, the position in the UAE is that parties cannot agree on foreign courts to have jurisdiction if the UAE courts have original jurisdiction (e.g. in cases where the agreement is entered into or partially performed in UAE). This would be the case in respect of a distribution arrangement relating to the UAE. Further, where the UAE courts do assert jurisdiction and hear a dispute they will be likely to apply UAE law to that dispute even where a foreign governing law is provided for in the agreement itself. However, one method to try to ensure that the choice of a foreign governing law is recognised, is for the distribution agreement to refer to arbitration as the sole method of dispute resolution and not foreign courts. The UAE has formally acceded to the New York Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards and under the terms of this convention, broadly speaking, the local UAE courts should refuse to hear any dispute where the parties have agreed to arbitration as the sole means of dispute resolution. An arbitrator will then recognise the choice of a foreign governing law to govern disputes in the agreement. Of course, this will not work with arrangements registered under the Agency Law as, pursuant to that law, the Commercial Agencies Committee and, on appeal, the UAE Courts will automatically have jurisdiction to hear disputes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Termination</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Obviously, parties at the outset of a business relationship are keen to collaborate and anticipate a profitable working relationship. Of course, things do not always go as expected and it is important for a principal to be aware of issues that may arise in the context of termination of an arrangement. Under UAE law, being a civil law jurisdiction, if an agreement is valid and binding, parties cannot resile from it, nor vary or rescind it, unless by mutual consent, an order of the court, or by operation of law. Consequently, a foreign principal wishing to terminate a local distributor may find that, in the absence of the local distributor’s agreement to terminate, it needs to approach the court for a court order that the termination is effective. This is particularly relevant where the principal may need to prove to local authorities that the termination is valid. Practically speaking, not every agreement is subject to the termination by court order but there is a risk that if reliance is placed solely on a contractual right to terminate and no court order is obtained then a local distributor could, potentially, try and raise an argument that a contract still exists between it and the foreign based principal. While a court will not force a principal and agent to carry on their relationship in the absence of an agreement between the parties to do so, the distributor may refuse to implement any consequences of the termination unless and until ordered by a court to do so.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Again, if the agreement is registered under the Agency Law then there are a number of separate issues to be considered in the context of termination of that arrangement and these have been discussed in detail in previous articles.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the context of unregistered agreements, the inclusion of a specific reference to a foreign principal’s right to terminate being able to be exercised “without the need for a court order or further notice” may be helpful in allowing that party to argue that any reliance on the relevant termination provision without seeking a court order or providing any further notice (other than any notice that may be provided for in the agreement itself) was specifically contemplated by the parties at the outset and should be upheld. Of course, the distributor may still choose to resist termination and not comply with any consequences of termination which would leave the principal with no choice but to pursue a court case or arbitration, as the case may be.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Potential right to compensation</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the event that UAE law applies to a distribution agreement, there are concepts of “bad faith” and “abuse of rights” that may be relied upon by a local distributor to argue that it is entitled to claim compensation in the event of termination or non-renewal of their distribution agreement, even if such termination right is exercised, or expiry occurs, in accordance with the terms of the agreement itself. This is one of the main reasons why a foreign based principal will often seek to exclude UAE law from governing the terms of their distribution agreement. The circumstances giving rise to the termination or non-renewal would need to be considered on a case by case basis when assessing whether any compensation may be payable to a distributor. Further, whether the arrangement was exclusive or non-exclusive would impact the assessment as to the amount of any compensation that may be payable. While the inclusion of a waiver by the distributor of any right to seek compensation may assist a principal in resisting any claims for compensation by a local distributor it will not, as mentioned above, necessarily guarantee this.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the event that a distribution agreement is registered then the Agency Law applies and, as mentioned above, the Commercial Agency Committee and, on appeal, the UAE courts, will hear any disputes regardless of any express choice of governing law or dispute resolution forum specified in the distribution agreement.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Execution</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the context of trying to ensure that a foreign governing law is upheld by the inclusion of an arbitration clause, a foreign based principal should ensure that the individual signing on behalf of the distributor is specifically authorised to bind that entity to arbitration. If a signatory is not appropriately authorised, then there is a chance that any arbitration clause would be considered void and, as a result, the UAE court would assert jurisdiction and apply UAE law. Usually, the authority of the distributor’s signatory is evidenced in the Memorandum of Association or a separate POA, though there is a general assumption that a general manager of a local UAE based entity has the implied authority to bind an entity to arbitration. Notwithstanding this, we recommend that a principal obtain a copy of any relevant document that expressly confirms the signatory’s authority.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Save for in respect of an agreement registered pursuant to the Agency Law, there is no need for a distribution agreement to be notarised or be in Arabic.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Structuring issues</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In order for any person or entity to undertake distribution activities in the UAE they must be appropriately licensed to do so by the relevant governmental authority. For example, in respect of Dubai, a locally based distributor would only be able to distribute products onshore (i.e. mainland Dubai) if licensed to do so by the Dubai Economic Department. If the intended distributor was a UAE free zone company then it would, in respect of the UAE, only be able distribute the products within its relevant free zone and not onshore (and would need to appoint an appropriately licensed onshore distributor).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Similarly, in the event a foreign based principal is appointing a UAE based distributor in respect of a wider territory, say the GCC, then these countries’ licensing requirements must be considered. In general terms foreign entities cannot directly undertake economic activities in these countries but need to appoint appropriately licensed third parties or establish appropriately licensed entities itself to undertake such activities.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> As a result, provisions relating to assignment and the appointment of sub-distributors must be carefully considered in distribution agreements, even where a local distributor intends to use affiliates as its distribution network throughout a region. It is recommended that the master distribution agreement specifically make the granting of any assignment or sub-distribution rights conditional upon receiving the principal’s written consent (in order for a principal to maintain an element of control and have transparency of arrangements concerning the distribution of their products). </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">We have highlighted some of the areas that a foreign based principal should consider when contemplating appointing a UAE based distributor. It goes without saying that it is vitally important for a principal to carefully identify the most suitable distributor and take into consideration the various legal implications including those set out in this article.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Commercial Advisory team regularly advises on Distribution Agreements (for principals and distributors). For further information please contact Willem Steenkamp (w.steenkamp@tamimi.com or Robert Roberts (r.roberts@tamimi.com).</em></p>'),
	(211348,5606,'core_values',''),
	(211349,5606,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211350,5606,'file',''),
	(211351,5606,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(211352,5606,'orderValue4','4'),
	(103134,5606,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103135,5606,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103136,5606,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103137,5606,'content_description','As we have highlighted in past editions of Law Update, a popular method of doing business in the UAE is through distribution arrangements entered into with local, appropriately licensed, distributors. These types of arrangements can give a principal immediate access to valuable local knowledge and resources, allowing a principal to establish its products in this region relatively quickly. '),
	(103138,5606,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103139,5606,'pageSummary','As we have highlighted in past editions of Law Update, a popular method of doing business in the UAE is through distribution arrangements entered into with local, appropriately licensed, distributors. These types of arrangements can give a principal immediate access to valuable local knowledge and resources, allowing a principal to establish its products in this region relatively quickly. '),
	(103140,5606,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103141,5606,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/key-considerations-appointing-a-distributor-in-the-uae.html'),
	(103142,5606,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103143,5606,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','907'),
	(103144,5606,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103145,5606,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103146,5606,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103147,5606,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Our Commercial Advisory group are often asked to review a principal’s standard form distribution agreement and we in this article we will highlight some of the key issues that should be considered in the context of such agreements under UAE law.'),
	(211359,5606,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(211360,5605,'_edit_last','1'),
	(103148,5607,'content','<p class=\"p1\">But how effective are English marine insurance clauses in a UAE litigation context? Are they likely to work as intended?</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Before addressing these questions, it is useful to provide a brief overview of the main sources of marine insurance law in the UAE on the one hand and in England and Wales on the other.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>UAE Marine Insurance Law</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Insurance contracts in the UAE are governed by UAE Federal Law No. 5 of 1985 (the Civil Code) and UAE Federal Law No. 6 of 2007 (the Insurance Law). Also relevant is the Insurance Authority Board of Directors’ Resolution No. 3 of 2010 (the 2010 IA Directive).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In addition, Federal Law No. 26 of 1981 (the Maritime Code) includes provisions specifically applicable to marine insurance policies (together UAE Insurance Law).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Except in rare instances where the law expressly provides for contrary agreement by the parties to an insurance contract, UAE Insurance Law applies regardless of contractual agreement.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>English Marine Insurance Law</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">English-law marine insurance policies are principally governed by the Marine Insurance Act 1906 (MIA) and the Insurance Act 2015 (the IA and together English Insurance Law).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><strong>Examples of Potential Conflict</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Many will be familiar with the INSTITUTE CARGO CLAUSES (A) CL382 01/01/2009 (ICCs). The ICC is a cargo cover designed to indemnify the insured against all risks of loss of or damage to the insured cargo.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The ICCs have been subject to a lot of judicial interpretation by the courts of England and Wales. This has resulted in a high degree of legal certainty for insurers wishing to incorporate the ICCs into their policies. However, incorporation of these clauses into a policy that is governed by UAE law will not benefit from English judicial precedent when they are construed by the UAE Courts. Instead, the UAE Courts will construe the English clauses by reference to the UAE judicial understanding of UAE Insurance Law, not by reference to English case-law. We examine three ICC clauses below and how they may be construed differently by the English and UAE Courts in litigation.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Clause 11.11.1 - Insurable Interest:</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">ICC clause 11.11.1 provides that “<em>[i]n order to recover under this insurance the Assured must have an insurable interest in the subject-matter insured at the time of the loss</em>”.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">English law defines “insurable interest” under section 5 of the MIA as follows:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em>Subject to the provisions of this Act, every person has an insurable interest who is interested in a marine adventure.</em></li>\r\n 	<li><em>In particular a person is interested in a marine adventure where he stands in any legal or equitable relation to the adventure or to any insurable property at risk therein, in consequence of which he may benefit by the safety or due arrival of insurable property, or may be prejudiced by its loss, or by damage thereto, or by the detention thereof, or may incur liability in respect thereof.</em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This definition has received substantial consideration before the English courts and the tendency has been to widen its definition.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In <em>Sharp v Sphere Drake Insurance Plc (The Moonacre)</em> [1992] 2 Lloyd’s Rep. 501 the court held that where the insured owes a duty of reasonable care in respect to the property, the insured has an insurable interest in that property. Subsequently in <em>Deepak Fertilisers &amp; Petrochemical Corp Ltd v Davy McKee (UK) London Ltd</em> [1999] the Court of Appeal decided that “insurable interest” extends to a sub-contractor’s interest during the construction phase of a plant because loss of the project would deny the subcontractor the entitlement to be remunerated. However, the courts have been reluctant to include a pecuniary interest under the definition of insurable interest.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Under UAE Insurance Law, by contrast, Article 368 of the Maritime Code provides that “[n]<em>o one may benefit from insurance unless he has a legal interest in the non-occurrence of the peril</em>”. One effect of this clause is that an insurable interest under UAE Insurance Law is defined as an interest in the peril insured against not occurring. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> The English courts have developed the definition of insurable interest over many years and at the time of writing the definition is under consideration for possible reform. Insurers hoping to rely on a defence to cover based on insurable interest in a subject-matter based on English law definitions and concepts may be surprised at how divergent the UAE Court’s interpretation can be.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Clause 5.1.1 – Exclusions: Unseaworthiness</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The ICC clause excludes cover for loss, damage or expense arising from “<em>unseaworthiness of vessel or craft or unfitness of vessel or craft for the safe carriage of the subject-matter insured, where the Assured are privy to such unseaworthiness of unfitness, at the time the subject-matter insured is loaded therein.</em>”</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> In the English case of <em>F. C. Bradley &amp; Sons, Ltd. v. Federal Steam Navigation Company, Ltd.</em> (1925) 22 Ll. L. Rep. 424 seaworthiness was defined as a standard by which a “<em>ship must have the degree of fitness which an ordinary careful owner would require his vessel to have at the commencement of her voyage having regard to all the probable circumstances of it</em>”. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Additional case law has established that seaworthiness includes fitness to carry the concerned cargo, competence of crew, cargo holds free of residue, operative heating coils where oil is being carried, functioning machinery and structural soundness. A number of variables will influence the standard of seaworthiness to be applied, such as age of the ship, the cargo to be carried or the type of vessel.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Be that as it may, the English courts have heard many cases on the question of seaworthiness and have refined and extrapolated its definition through a myriad of factual scenarios. A consequence of this is that the insured can have a reasonable degree of confidence that cover will attach if the insured ensures his cargo is carried on a vessel that fulfils certain criteria of seaworthiness for a given shipment.It is against this background that clause 5.1.1 would be construed. Furthermore, it permits insurers to legitimately deny cover where carrying vessels fall short of this criteria and insurers are better better placed to assess the prospects of success of defending a cover position in English litigation. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> This position can be contrasted with UAE Insurance Law which does not rely on precedent case law and each case will be considered on its own facts. The UAE court will decide, on a case-by-case basis and usually with the assistance of a court-appointed maritime expert, on whether the carrier of the insured cargo was seaworthy or not. Since insurance cover does not attach in the instance of unseaworthiness, insurers could be incentivised to deny cover on the ground of unseaworthiness where the facts allow for some support to the argument in the hope that a court would rule in their favour. Insurers do not have precedent to guide them and there is a lack of publicly accessible case precedent to identify a preferred court definition. Therefore, since insurers would not be penalised with a cost order, any hint of unseaworthiness may be worth litigating where insurers seek to deny cover. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Clause 13 – Constructive Total Loss (CTL) &amp; Abandonment</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Clause 13 of the ICCs outlines the circumstances in which cover will attach where a cargo is deemed a constructive total loss (CTL). Clause 13 provides that:</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">“<em>No claim for Constructive Total Loss shall be recoverable hereunder unless the subject-matter insured is reasonably abandoned either on account of its actual total loss appearing to be unavoidable or because the cost of recovering, reconditioning and forwarding the subject-matter insured to the destination to which it is insured would exceed its value on arrival</em>”.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This provision largely reflects section 60 of the MIA. The courts of England and Wales have commented on and refined the section 60 definition in a number of cases. For example, on the construction of the word “abandoned” the court commented in <em>Masefield AG v Amlin Corporate Member </em>[2011] EWCA Civ 24 that abandonment was not simply a notice of abandonment but “<em>the abandonment of any hope of recovery</em>”.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Further, the abandonment process is elaborated on by sections 61 and 62 of the MIA. These sections flesh out and give contextual guidance to clause 13 of the ICC. This position can be contrasted with UAE Insurance Law because the UAE Court will not consider the MIA for guidance on the procedural steps required for abandoning a cargo.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">UAE Insurance Law provides that “<em>the insured may abandon goods to the insurer in the following circumstances:</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p5\"></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em>Should news not be heard of the ship for a period of three months from the date of the last news thereof, the goods shall be presumed lost upon the date of the last news.</em></li>\r\n 	<li><em>Should the vessel become unseaworthy and operations to transport the goods by any means of transport to the destination have not commenced within a period of three months from the date of notification of the insurer by the insured of the unseaworthiness of the vessel.</em></li>\r\n 	<li><em>Should the goods be lost or damaged to the extent that three quarters at least the value thereof.”</em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p7\">It follows that under UAE Insurance law an insured can abandon cargo if a vessel goes missing for three months or the goods are not transported for a period of three months due to carrier unseaworthiness or where the value of the goods has depreciated by 75% due to damage. This is a significant departure from the English law definition and interpretation of abandonment and demonstrates how Insurers seeking to rely on English definitions of abandonment and CTL would be well advised to re-assess the risk that they are assuming when binding marine policies.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There is also a big difference between abandoning a damaged cargo because of 75% loss of value and abandoning a cargo which cannot be saved for a cost less than its value. The threshold for CTL abandonment is mathematically lower under UAE Insurance Law and thus represents a higher risk to insurers.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Clause 16 – Duty to Mitigate the Insurer’s Losses</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Insureds under the law of England and under UAE Insurance Law have a duty to mitigate their losses once loss or damage occurs due to an insured event.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Clause 16 of the ICC provides that it is“the duty of the Assured and their employees and agents in respect of loss recoverable hereunder</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li><em>to take such measures as may be reasonable for the purpose of averting or minimizing such loss, and</em></li>\r\n 	<li><em>to ensure that all rights against carriers, bailees or other third parties are properly preserved and exercised and the Insurers will, in addition to any loss recoverable hereunder, reimburse the Assured for any charges properly and reasonably incurred in pursuance of these duties.”</em></li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p class=\"p7\">Clause 16 closely corresponds with section 78 of the MIA, although with an added obligation upon the insured to ensure that rights to claim against carriers and other third parties are reserved.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The leading English authority in respect of breach of this clause is <em>Noble Resources v Greenwood (The Vasso) </em>[1993] 2 Lloyd’s Rep. 309. In that case, the Court held that, where there has been a failure to preserve a right of recovery against a third party, the loss to the insurer will be equivalent to the value of that lost right. However, the insurer was only entitled to claim for the equivalent of that loss in damages. It was was not entitled to fully deny cover. In the same ruling, the English Court held that to comply with Clause 16 of the ICC, an insured would be expected to take reasonable steps to obtain security for a cargo claim.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">If, by contrast, the UAE Courts were construing Clause 16 of the ICC in UAE litigation, it is uncertain how the clause would be applied and, specifically, what steps the insured would be expected to take to minimize the insurer’s losses and to preserve the insurer’s rights against third parties.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 378(3) of the UAE Maritime Code is similar to ICC Clause 16(1) which stipulates that “<em>the insurer shall be also liable for costs spent due to an insured risk incurred in avoiding or limiting the loss.</em>” Article 391(1) also contains a provision similar to Clause 16(2) obligating the insured to “<em>take all the necessary measures to preserve the rights against liable third parties</em>”.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Nevertheless, it is not certain whether the UAE Court would consider a breach of Clause 16 as a ground for the insured to avoid the policy. While the clause would likely be read by the UAE court with reference to the two cited Maritime Code articles, it is important to note that Article 391(2) indicates that, where an insured breaches Article 391(1), the insured shall be liable to damages, without specifying whether the insurer will also be entitled to avoid the policy.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> Overall, where there is an allegation by the insurer against the insured for failure mitigate losses, it is unclear what criteria the UAE Courts will apply to uphold such an allegation or what the consequence of a breach of Clause 16 of the incorporated ICC would be for the insured’s cover. Whilst it could be argued that there is some overlap between the UAE Insurance Law and English Insurance Law on the available remedy to an insurer in the event of a breach of Clause 16 of the ICCs (i.e. limited to damages), it remains to be seen whether the application of the UAE Insurance Law would yield a materially different outcome than by the application of English Insurance Law on the same facts.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><strong>Additional food for thought</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">A further word of caution is warranted. The practice and approach of the UAE Courts is not always apparent regarding incorporated clauses that have not been included in the policy itself. For example, we question whether the UAE Court would take notice of a policy wording which provides “<em>INSTITUTE CARGO CLAUSES (A) CL382 01/01/2009 to apply</em>”. Indeed, it is an open question whether the UAE Courts would even consider it necessary to obtain a copy of the ICCs for review. Our view is that in practice the UAE Courts will apply the UAE Insurance Law without consulting the ICCs at all or any other incorporated standard marine clauses which are not presented, in full wording, in the body of the policy itself.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Lessons to be learned</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In our view, insurers would be well advised to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li>include an English law governed arbitration clause to protect the incorporation of the ICC clauses contained in the policy; or, alternatively</li>\r\n 	<li>adjust their policy terms to accommodate for the application of UAE law and assess the risk accordingly.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The effect of adopting an English law governed arbitration clause is that, while the dispute resolution mechanism can become more expensive than resolving the matter through the local UAE courts, an English arbitration is likely to ensure that incorporated clauses are applied in a manner consistent with established precedent.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The effect of adopting the alternative approach and applying UAE law to the policy is that risks will be better priced by allowing for legal outcomes that are more likely to result under UAE law than under the law of England and Wales when applied to ICC clauses.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> As for insureds, it is important to remember that cover may not always be what it seems. For instance, the obligation to disclose material information under English Insurance Law is less stringent than under UAE Insurance Law For that reason, insureds would do well to have in place a proper UAE document management system to ensure full disclosure is made to insurers when placing risks. Additionally, an insured should be aware of the law that is likely to govern a coverage dispute under the policy and should conduct itself in a manner that is compliant with that law.</span></p>'),
	(211315,5607,'core_values',''),
	(211316,5607,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211317,5607,'file',''),
	(211318,5607,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(211319,5607,'orderValue4','4'),
	(211320,5607,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(211321,5607,'related_pages_header',''),
	(211322,5607,'_related_pages_header','field_59b6441e3cc94'),
	(211323,5607,'related_pages',''),
	(211324,5607,'_related_pages','field_59b6434af4880'),
	(103149,5607,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103150,5607,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103151,5607,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103152,5607,'content_description','Marine insurance policies issued in the UAE typically incorporate marine insurance clauses that have been drafted to comply with English law and practice. These clauses are designed to be interpreted and applied by the English courts in the event of a dispute. They are therefore perceived by insurers as having a degree of predictability in their legal outcomes which assist insurers in assessing and underwriting marine risks. '),
	(103153,5607,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103154,5607,'pageSummary','Marine insurance policies issued in the UAE typically incorporate marine insurance clauses that have been drafted to comply with English law and practice. These clauses are designed to be interpreted and applied by the English courts in the event of a dispute. They are therefore perceived by insurers as having a degree of predictability in their legal outcomes which assist insurers in assessing and underwriting marine risks. '),
	(103155,5607,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103156,5607,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/english-law-marine-insurance-clauses-will-the-uae-courts-recognise-and-apply-them.html'),
	(103157,5607,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103158,5607,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','863'),
	(103159,5607,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103160,5607,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','806'),
	(103161,5607,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103162,5607,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(103163,5607,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103164,5607,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','632'),
	(103165,5607,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(103166,5607,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(103167,5607,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103168,5607,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company provide a brief overview of the main sources of marine insurance law in the UAE on the one hand and in England and Wales on the other.'),
	(211326,5607,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(211327,5606,'_edit_last','1'),
	(211328,5606,'lawUpdateArticlePractices',''),
	(211329,5606,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103169,5608,'content','<p class=\"p1\">The above statistics demonstrate the prominent space occupied by the real estate sector in the Dubai economy. There is a huge demand for investments in completed properties as well as off-plan units and real estate agents are usually responsible for bringing the buyer and seller together. This article aims to provide a brief summary of the current brokerage laws and DLD policies about brokers’ responsibility.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Bylaw 85 of 2006 </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Real estate brokers in Dubai are governed by RERA pursuant to ‘Bylaw 85 of 2006 regulating the real estate brokers register in the Emirate of Dubai’ (“Bylaw 85”). Bylaw 85 prohibits brokers from engaging in real estate brokerage activities unless they are duly licensed and registered in the broker register maintained by RERA. It also set out the types of license categories and list of requirements which must be met by every individual or company in order to operate as a broker in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Every registered brokerage company is required to maintain a RERA registration certificate containing the brokerage license number, validity period of the registration, and approved brokerage activities. Similarly, each individual broker must be registered with RERA and must possess a broker identity card containing its registration number, validity period, and name of the employer brokerage company.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The primary list of obligations to be met by the brokers are the following:</p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>To verify the validity of the property title deed of the client (as stated in RERA circular number 8/2016 dated 3 August 2016);</li>\r\n 	<li>To maintain a private record of all transactions conducted by the broker together with supporting documentation (Article 15);</li>\r\n 	<li>To disclose all negotiation details, details of the brokerage process and all transaction details to his client (Article 17);</li>\r\n 	<li>To not facilitate any property transaction which is deemed in violation of the applicable laws and regulations in Dubai (Article 18);</li>\r\n 	<li>To disclose details of the transaction and conditions to the best of broker’s knowledge and in good faith (Article 19);</li>\r\n 	<li>To not hold himself out to the other party without express authorisation (failing which the broker will not be entitled to any remuneration) (Article 20);</li>\r\n 	<li>To act as trustee of any amounts, securities, bonds or other items received from a party for either safekeeping or delivery to the other party subject to applicable trusteeship rules (Article 21);</li>\r\n 	<li>To forfeit right to claim fees or refund of expenses incurred in case of breach of contract committed by the broker towards its client or failure to act in good faith (Article 23);</li>\r\n 	<li>To remain jointly liable if more than one broker is engaged in a transaction unless expressly authorised to act severally (Article 24).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Brokerage Agreement and Remuneration </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">The brokerage agreement must be recorded in writing between the broker and the client and must record details of the contracting parties, property details and terms of the agreement. The brokerage commission amount must be agreed and stated in the agreement failing which the commission amount shall be determined pursuant to market practice.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> The broker is required to register the signed brokerage agreement along with execution of the DLD standard form contract i.e. a Form A (i.e. contract between broker and seller) or a Form B (i.e. a contract between broker and buyer) and register the same with Dubai Land Department. For further information about the DLD standard forms, we refer to our Law Update article in July-August 2014 (which can be found on the Al Tamimi website).</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"> Article 28 of the Bylaw 85 clearly stipulates that any payment of commission to a broker becomes payable subject to the terms and conditions set out in the duly registered and signed brokerage agreement. If the sale and purchase agreement between buyer and seller provides that payment of the broker commission is subject to fulfilment of certain conditions, then the broker is entitled to his commission once such pre-conditions have been successfully met. It is also imperative that Article 28 is read with Article 30 of Bylaw 85 which provides that if the negotiations of the broker does not result in conclusion of a contract between buyer and seller, then the broker is not entitled to claim any compensation or expenses unless agreed otherwise in the brokerage agreement. Considering the above, we recommend to always record the brokerage amount payable to the broker and the timing of such payment within the brokerage agreement or in the sale and purchase agreement to avoid any potential payment disputes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Furthermore, if several brokers are appointed for a potential property transaction by the client, it is only the broker who can successfully conclude the transaction that becomes exclusively entitled to receive the full brokerage fees as per Article 32 of the Bylaw 85. However, if the same broker is appointed by both the potential buyer and seller for the same transaction, in that case both buyer and seller become severally liable to pay his share of the brokerage fees even if one party agrees that the other party shall bear the entire fees by virtue of Article 33 of Bylaw 85. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Cancellation of Brokerage License</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Every registered broker must observe the RERA code of conduct failing which the broker shall become liable for any loss caused by either buyer or seller because of its fraudulent act or a result of failure to follow the rules of the Bylaw 85 or the code of professional ethics.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 39 of Bylaw 85 relates to the Permanent Real Estate Brokerage Committee (“Committee”) which has the authority to settle disputes and cancel or suspend the brokerage license in the event of failure to comply with the Bylaw 85 or any related resolutions of instructions by the broker. The Committee has the authority to issue caution to the broker by way of notice or warning or suspend its activities for a period up to six months or blacklist. Cancellation of the broker license is effected by a resolution of the Director General of the DLD in discussion with the Committee.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In addition, Article 41 of the Bylaw 85 also sets out grounds for loss of broker status and registration upon the happening of either of the followings events, (a) closure of the brokerage business and notification of the closure to DLD; (b) suspension of the brokerage business for more than 12 successive months without a valid reason; (c) failure to comply with the requirements of Bylaw 85 and its related regulations and instructions; (d) the registration of the broker is proven to be granted on the basis of false information supplied to DLD; (e) cancellation of the brokerage license resolution issued by the Committee due to violation of the code of professional ethics or any applicable laws and regulations in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Conclusion </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Prior to engaging services of a broker, every property investor must verify if the broker is duly registered with RERA by inspecting their broker ID and registration certificate of the brokerage firm. The investor must also verify the authorised signatory of the brokerage firm who has the authority to sign the brokerage agreement. In conclusion, the property investor should conduct proper due diligence on the broker and agree on key terms in the brokerage agreement, to safeguard his interest.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> Additionally, the broker must protect its own interests by always ensuring to agree on its commission amount in writing within the terms of the brokerage agreement. The broker should keep themselves up to date with the prevailing DLD policies and practices. Lastly, we always recommend the broker to avoid incorporating its duties and payments within the sale and purchase agreement (between buyer and seller) and contract separately in the brokerage agreement. By following the separate agreements approach, the broker can avoid becoming a party to any dispute that may arise between the potential buyer and seller.</span></p>'),
	(211284,5608,'core_values',''),
	(211285,5608,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(211286,5608,'file',''),
	(211287,5608,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103170,5608,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103171,5608,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103172,5608,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103173,5608,'content_description','The recent annual report published by Dubai Land Department reported that the total value of property transactions that took place in 2016 exceeded AED 259 billion. The report also recorded that the number of brokers have increased to a total of 5,933 in 2016, and out of which around 2,285 brokers’ offices were active in 2016.'),
	(103174,5608,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103175,5608,'pageSummary','The recent annual report published by Dubai Land Department reported that the total value of property transactions that took place in 2016 exceeded AED 259 billion. The report also recorded that the number of brokers have increased to a total of 5,933 in 2016, and out of which around 2,285 brokers’ offices were active in 2016.'),
	(103176,5608,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103177,5608,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/brokers-101-what-every-property-purchaser-must-know-about-real-estate-agents-in-dubai.html'),
	(103178,5608,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103179,5608,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','825'),
	(103180,5608,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103181,5608,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103182,5608,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103183,5608,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company This article aims to provide a brief summary of the current brokerage laws and DLD policies about brokers’ responsibility.'),
	(211295,5608,'_yoast_wpseo_content_score','30'),
	(211296,5607,'_edit_last','1'),
	(211297,5607,'lawUpdateArticleSectors',''),
	(103184,5609,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The concept has been adapted to a number of different types of assets, such as executive jet aircraft, luxury yachts, classic cars, racehorses, and works of art. However, the fractional ownership of real estate as a product did not come to prominence until the 1990s in luxury ski resorts in the USA, where the cost of property was high and in short supply. Since then, the model has spread to other areas of the world, such as the Caribbean and Southern Europe, as a more economical alternative to outright second home ownership.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Although containing many similarities, it differs from typical ‘timeshare’ schemes (which in some countries has had somewhat of a tarnished reputation), in that it involves part ownership of a property, rather than just a right to use it at certain times of the year. Annual usage allowances with fractionally owned property also tend to be longer than with timeshare, and the size and quality of fractional ownership properties may generally be better, with superior access to facilities and services, than those of timeshare properties.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Fractional ownership of real estate typically involves multiple co-owners (usually four to six), either each acquiring an undivided share in the property itself or separate shares in a special purpose vehicle (‘SPV’) that owns the title to the whole of the relevant property. Fractional shares are usually bought by investors in cash, due to the inherent difficulties in securing a mortgage or other types of financing for such arrangements, although some developers in some jurisdictions do offer financing options.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The allocation of usage time for each co-owner typically works by each co-owner having an exclusive right to use the property for a specified number of days, weeks, or months each year. Such periods can be fixed (usually adopted in locations where there is less evident seasonality), floating (often seen where seasonality is more of an issue and where a co-owner’s use allocation rotates around the calendar year between peak and off-season), or a mixture of both.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This model has been adopted by the hospitality industry in various forms, including the concept of private residence clubs, which usually involves the fractional ownership of a hotel apartment or villa located at a premier resort destination that is managed by a high end hotel operator. These are aimed at affluent investors that, although could perhaps afford to buy a second home outright, prefer not to invest in a whole property given its likely infrequent use.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There is a very wide array of structures adopted for such schemes. However, a typical arrangement might involve:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the investors each entering into a sale and purchase agreement with the developer relating to the acquisition of a proprietary share in the property itself or shares in an SPV established to own the property;</li>\r\n 	<li>the rights and obligations of the various co-owners being set out in a co-owners agreement or, where applicable, the property owning SPV’s constitutional documents.</li>\r\n 	<li>a leaseback of the property to the developer, in order for it to be placed into the hotel rental pool to be managed by the hotel operator in accordance with its brand standards, subject to the co-owners’ usage rights. Rental income can then be used to off-set against the shared costs of the operating expenses and other costs such as furniture, fixtures, and equipment (‘FF&amp;E’) reserve contributions, marketing fees, and the operator’s fees. Such leaseback agreement will usually also contain the relevant fractional owner’s acknowledgment of the branded operator’s management of the property and may, if there is a strata model of ownership adopted for the hotel development, provide the developer with certain voting rights on behalf of the fractional co-owners, which allows the developer to maintain control of management decisions (and which may also be maintained through the retention of shares and the form of the company’s constitutional documents if the purchasers are investing in an SPV).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p4\">There are many potential benefits for investors, developers, and hotel operators with such schemes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For the investor, through owning a part share of a property, such schemes offer a relatively hassle-free option of a luxury second home with the back-up, security, and facilities of a five star resort. It also provides a proportional saving on property expenses and saves time on dealing with maintenance issues and managing the accommodation of guests. Placing the property into the hotel rental pool may also generate an annual net profit. There is also the possibility of capital appreciation upon resale of the fractional share (although investors are usually locked in for a certain time period).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For the developer, if such fractional interests are being sold off-plan, this gives it access to a different group of investors and source of financing, which may be particularly useful in a depressed market when sales of whole units are slow. It may also assist with obtaining other development finance. Fractional ownership is also likely to generally increase the usage of the hotel and increase sales of goods and a la carte services.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For the operator, it increases the overall revenue stream, and thus, ultimately, the level of its remuneration relating to the particular hotel development.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Dubai, given its increasing growth as a global tourist and key business destination, is well aligned to take advantage of the benefits of fractional ownership. However, in terms of current real estate law and practice in Dubai, there are a number of difficulties in seeking to introduce such schemes. Although there are some limited provisions in the UAE Civil Code relating to co-ownership and time usage, there are no specific laws relating to the fractional ownership of property or similar structures.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There are also a number of inherent difficulties in implementing such schemes at the present time. Firstly, any such schemes are likely to be targeted at both GCC and international investors resulting in, at least an element of, foreign ownership of the relevant asset or property owning SPV. Therefore, foreign ownership restrictions need to be considered, with such schemes likely to be limited to those areas designated for foreign freehold investment. In addition, in relation to a shared title, it is likely to be problematic registering multiple co-owners with specified percentages of ownership on the relevant title deed. Investment in shares in a property owning SPV is also likely to pose difficulties – primarily because each and every change in shareholding of a company owning property in one of the designated foreign freehold areas would, under current practice, trigger a transfer fee liability. This transfer fee liability would be four per cent of the value of the property prorated in accordance with the relevant change in shareholding. This means that fractional owners may be restricted from selling their respective individual shares until the property, as a whole, is sold. Such illiquidity is likely to be a turn-off for investors.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">There has been an understandable wariness by the Dubai authorities to date of putting a legal framework in place that would promote the implementation of such fractional ownership schemes. Indeed, a designated property timeshare law, which may reference fractional ownership models, has long been mooted but has not, as yet, materialised. It is essential, in terms of consumer protection, that such schemes are properly regulated through carefully considered legislation.</p>'),
	(156088,5609,'core_values',''),
	(156089,5609,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(156090,5609,'file',''),
	(156091,5609,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103185,5609,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103186,5609,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103187,5609,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103188,5609,'content_description','Fractional ownership is a form of investment scheme whereby a number of different persons can share in the ownership of a high value asset, with each person having the right to exclusively use such asset for a prescribed time period each year.'),
	(103189,5609,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103190,5609,'pageSummary','Fractional ownership is a form of investment scheme whereby a number of different persons can share in the ownership of a high value asset, with each person having the right to exclusively use such asset for a prescribed time period each year.'),
	(103191,5609,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103192,5609,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/fractional-ownership-of-real-estate-in-the-dubai-hospitality-sector.html'),
	(103193,5609,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103194,5609,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','853'),
	(103195,5609,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103196,5609,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103197,5609,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103198,5609,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Fractional ownership is a form of investment scheme whereby a number of different persons can share in the ownership of a high value asset, with each person having the right to exclusively use such asset for a prescribed time period each year.'),
	(103199,5610,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Q&amp;A: What operators in the hospitality sector need to know about liquor licences in Dubai</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\">Businesses operating in the hospitality sector often face practical challenges with regard to obtaining and preserving their liquor licences in Dubai. The purpose of this Q&amp;A is to provide such businesses with a brief overview on an issue of substantial impact on their operations. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>What is the legal framework governing liquor licensing in Dubai?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">The principle law is Law No. 999 of 1972 (the ‘Liquor Control Law’). There are also a number of provisions namely relating to the consumption, advertisement, and sale of alcohol in Dubai (e.g. Penal Code, advertisement laws, taxes and tariffs laws, etc.)</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Which authority is responsible for liquor licensing in Dubai? </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">Liquor licences in Dubai are issued by the Dubai Police General Headquarter (‘DPGH’).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>What are the types of liquor licences? </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">There are 4 types of liquor licenses.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Type A: Licence to import liquor.</li>\r\n 	<li>Type B: Licence to sell liquor to third parties from a shop or warehouse.</li>\r\n 	<li>Type C: Licence to serve liquor within a hotel, club, or restaurant.</li>\r\n 	<li>Type D: Licence to purchase liquor.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p7\"><span class=\"s3\">In addition to the above licence types, Article 2 of the Liquor Control Law states that the DPGH may, on the basis of an application, grant a person a licence to export liquor outside the Emirate, subject to a specific quota restraint. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>What are the permissible activities under a Type C liquor licence? </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">Under a licence to serve liquor at a hotel, club, or restaurant, the licensee is allowed to do the following, either personally or through its employees:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>purchase liquor from the warehouse of a person holding a liquor import licence (or a person holding a licence to sell liquor from a warehouse) upon presentation of the licence;</li>\r\n 	<li>transport liquor from the locations mentioned in the previous paragraph directly to the hotel, club, or restaurant licensed to serve liquor, and store it there;</li>\r\n 	<li>serve liquor for immediate consumption at licensed establishments such as hotels, clubs, and restaurants, subject to the Penal Code and other regulations in force in Dubai, and in accordance with the directives issued by the Chief Commander of the Dubai Police.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span class=\"s1\"><strong>What are the rules of conduct in respect of Type C liquor licences?</strong></span>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">Pursuant to the Liquor Control Law, the following are the main rules of conduct that must be observed by a licensee under a Type C liquor licence:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>with the exception of wine, all liquor served at hotels, clubs, and restaurants must be served in a glass;</li>\r\n 	<li>liquor served must be consumed on the premises; and</li>\r\n 	<li>the licensee must maintain records of all documentation pertaining to the quantities and movement of liquor stock.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p7\">In addition to the above rules of conduct, the DPGH issued the following directives that must be observed by hotels, clubs, and restaurants under a Type C licence:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>liquor may be sold or served at any bar, or in any lounge, coffee shop attached to or adjacent to any bar;</li>\r\n 	<li>liquor may not be sold or served to persons under the age of 21 years;</li>\r\n 	<li>liquor may only be served in the restaurant to persons about to partake of, partaking of, or having recently partaken of a full meal;</li>\r\n 	<li>the licensee must keep a liquor stock register and allow such stock to be available at all times for inspection by police officers in uniform;</li>\r\n 	<li>liquor may be served outside licensing hours to bona fide hotel guests in their rooms;</li>\r\n 	<li>the Type C licence and rules of conduct, together with a comprehensive list of prices of alcoholic drinks, must be permanently displayed on the premises;</li>\r\n 	<li>with the exception of beer and wine, liquor may only be served in measures to a maximum of one fluid ounce;</li>\r\n 	<li>sale of liquor for consumption off the premises is strictly forbidden;</li>\r\n 	<li>serving liquor in the foyer of the hotel or any other part of the hotel that is not specifically licensed for this purpose is strictly forbidden;</li>\r\n 	<li>the hotel management is directly responsible for controlling the use of the Type C licence, so as to prevent any unauthorised use of such licence;</li>\r\n 	<li>the hotel is required to notify the nearest police station (or police headquarter) in the event of any disturbance.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><strong>What are the information and documents generally required from a person applying for a Type C liquor licence?</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">A person applying for a Type C liquor license must submit a written request to the DPGH, which would include:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>details of the applicant, including the name of the physical person who shall be named in the licence;</li>\r\n 	<li>description of the premises where liquor is expected to be sold;</li>\r\n 	<li>description of the security storage arrangement in respect of the liquor stock;</li>\r\n 	<li>description of the fire precautions; and</li>\r\n 	<li>cost amount of monthly liquor required.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>How long does a Type C licence typically takes to be issued by the DPGH?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">The licence is usually issued within seven to ten working days from the date of inspection of the relevant premises by the DPGH officers.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Is there a limit on the amount of alcohol purchased by an establishment licensed under Type C licence?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">Yes. The DPGH ensures that each Type C licence is subject to a quota for the purchase of liquor, which cannot be exceeded. This quota depends on the type of outlet, its size, and the number of expected guests (e.g. the quota applicable to a restaurant would be generally less than the one applicable to a lounge).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Are there restrictions on the opening hours of an establishment licensed to sell liquor under a Type C liquor licence? </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"><span class=\"s2\">Yes. A licensed establishment may only sell liquor to its customers within permitted operating hours. The permitted operating hours are set by the governmental authorities and differ subject to where the licensed establishment is located. Please note also that there may be different restrictions on opening hours, dependent on the licensed activity of the establishment, i.e., a restaurant versus a bar. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Can a licensee advertise alcohol in Dubai?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\">It is illegal to advertise the sale of alcohol beverages in Dubai. However, the practice on the ground indicates a certain degree of pragmatism that would warrant seeking legal advice on case by case basis.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p8\"><em>Al Tamimi &amp; Co has considerable experience in advising and assisting operators in the hospitality sector on establishing a presence in Dubai and obtaining the relevant licenses and permits. Please feel free to contact Al Tamimi &amp; Co’s Hospitality Practice with regard to any query that you may have in this respect. </em></p>'),
	(156054,5610,'core_values',''),
	(103200,5610,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103201,5610,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103202,5610,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103203,5610,'content_description','What operators in the hospitality sector need to know about liquor licences in Dubai'),
	(103204,5610,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103205,5610,'pageSummary','What operators in the hospitality sector need to know about liquor licences in Dubai'),
	(103206,5610,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103207,5610,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/liquor-licenses-in-dubai.html'),
	(103208,5610,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103209,5610,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','842'),
	(103210,5610,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103211,5610,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','872'),
	(103212,5610,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103213,5610,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(103214,5610,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103215,5610,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','What operators in the hospitality sector need to know about liquor licences in Dubai.'),
	(103216,5611,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It also establishes Abu Dhabi’s Department of Municipal Affairs &amp; Transport (the “DMAT”) as the regulator for real estate in Abu Dhabi. The relevant municipalities in the Emirate, namely the Abu Dhabi Municipality, Al Ain Municipality and the Western Region Municipality (“Relevant Municipalities”) are charged with implementing the Property Law and supervision and control of all aspects related to real estate in Abu Dhabi, including issuing licences, controlling escrow accounts and cancelling real estate development projects.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This article will provide an update on the implementation of the Property Law.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Registration</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As a means to safeguard the interests of the various parties to a property transaction, such as the developers, property financiers and buyers, the Property Law introduced certain registration requirements. The Property Law creates three new registers: the Real Estate Development Register, the Real Estate Register (for units in completed developments) and the Initial Real Estate Register (for units sold off plan). These registers are administered by the Relevant Municipalities.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Property Law requires that all developers, real estate development projects and escrow agents are registered in the Real Estate Development Register.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The procedures for licensing and registering developers on the Real Estate Development Register have been fully established and implemented by the Relevant Municipalities. To our knowledge, during the first quarter of 2016, most developers operating in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi have been licensed and registered with the Abu Dhabi Municipality (“ADM”).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The registration of real estate development projects commenced in the second half of 2016. Discussions between the ADM and certain developers in relation to the application of the Appendix to Resolution Number 233 of 2015 on the Unified Method of Measuring and Calculating the Area of Buildings, Villas and Residential Units in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi have delayed the registration of some projects. This has now been resolved and the registration of real estate development projects is underway with many major projects of leading developers already being registered. Developers will receive a project registration certificate for each project that is successfully registered.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> Due to the ongoing discussions between the ADM and certain developers, the registration of properties in the Real Estate Register and Initial Real Estate Register has been delayed. Accordingly, most disposals relating to off plan sales have not been entered into the Initial Real Estate Register and consequently, off plan sales are still being registered with the developer. For this reason, financiers should still include registration with the developer as a condition precedent to the funding of an off plan sale, with an obligation on the borrower and undertaking from the developer to register the off plan sale as soon as it is practicable to do so in the Initial Real Estate Register.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A large number of banks licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (the “Central Bank”) have also signed agreements with the DMAT formally authorising such banks to open escrow accounts and provide escrow services. In accordance with the Property Law, the DMAT has also been registering escrow account agreements, broker agreements and other agreements relating to a real estate development project.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Title deeds &amp; Initial Sales Certificates</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">The registration of real estate units in the Real Estate Register and Initial Real Estate Register is currently underway. It is expected that the issuance of title deeds and initial sale certificates will further progress as more real estate development projects are registered with ADM. Until disposals relating to off plan sales are entered on the Initial Real Estate Register, it is expected that developers will maintain records of sales and other transactions in respect of off plan and completed units in their internal registers. The deadline set by the Property Law for the registration of off-plan units on the Initial Real Estate Register and the registration of completed units on the Real Estate Register was on 31 December 2016. While the Relevant Municipalities are still working to establish the relevant registration procedures, the obligation on developers to meet their registration requirements on the specified deadline pursuant to the Property Law remains. Accordingly, developers are expected to closely follow-up with the Relevant Municipalities and promptly comply with the registration procedures as soon as they are issued. Article 27 of the Property Law provides that any disposition shall not be binding on any of the parties involved or towards third parties unless they are registered in the Initial Real Estate Register in accordance with this Law. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Mortgages</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Property Law requires that banks or financial institutions acting as mortgagee must be duly licensed by the Central Bank to engage in real estate financing in Abu Dhabi, but does not stipulate that a mortgagee must strictly be a bank or a financial institution.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Property Law allows for the creation of mortgages over musataha, usufruct as well as mortgages over long term leases which extend to a period of 25 years or more. This aspect has been implemented and the Relevant Municipalities are registering such mortgages in accordance with the Property Law.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It is also important to note that pursuant to Article 37 of the Property Law, mortgages created over real estate units which have not been registered in the Initial Real Estate Register or the Real Estate Register, as applicable, shall be considered invalid. The risk to mortgagees is that such mortgages could become void if the registration from the Real Estate Development Register to the Initial Real Estate Register or the Real Estate Register does not occur. Accordingly, it is still important to have an undertaking from the developer to ensure this is completed and for the fees to be available so there is no barrier to registration.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Relevant Municipalities also allow for searches of the Real Estate Register and Initial Real Estate Register. For owners initiating a search, this is a straight forward process which can be completed by the Relevant Municipalities for a nominal fee. The Relevant Municipalities issue a search certificate which provides the details of the owner, the type of interest in the property, the permitted use of the property (i.e. residential or commercial) and how the interest was acquired. The owner’s consent for obtaining search certificates is a prerequisite for the Relevant Municipalities. It is important to note, however, that where there is government ownership of a property to which a musataha, usufruct or long term lease relates, the Relevant Municipalities do not currently issue search certificates in relation to such properties. Interested parties may, however, apply for an issuance of a statement of the property records.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Relevant Municipalities are progressing with the implementation of the Property Law. While certain procedures require fine tuning, which we expect will come in time as the Relevant Municipalities become more confident in their new function, the Property Law is a boon for investors and financiers alike.</p>'),
	(155638,5611,'core_values',''),
	(155639,5611,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155640,5611,'file',''),
	(155641,5611,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103217,5611,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103218,5611,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103219,5611,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103220,5611,'content_description','Law No. 3 of 2015 on the Regulation of Real Estate Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and its implementing regulations (the “Property Law”) have been in effect from 1 January 2016. The Property Law addresses many issues of concern to developers, buyers, property financiers and mortgagees within the Abu Dhabi market. '),
	(103221,5611,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103222,5611,'pageSummary','Law No. 3 of 2015 on the Regulation of Real Estate Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and its implementing regulations (the “Property Law”) have been in effect from 1 January 2016. The Property Law addresses many issues of concern to developers, buyers, property financiers and mortgagees within the Abu Dhabi market.'),
	(103223,5611,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103224,5611,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/abu-dhabi-real-estate-law-one-year-later.html'),
	(103225,5611,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103226,5611,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','560'),
	(103227,5611,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103228,5611,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','552'),
	(103229,5611,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103230,5611,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_2_lawUpdateArticleWriter','824'),
	(103231,5611,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_2_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103232,5611,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','3'),
	(103233,5611,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103234,5611,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','411'),
	(103235,5611,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(103236,5611,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(103237,5611,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103238,5611,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Law No. 3 of 2015 on the Regulation of Real Estate Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and its implementing regulations (the “Property Law”) have been in effect from 1 January 2016. This article will provide an update on the implementation of the Property Law.'),
	(103239,5612,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In particular, the establishment of a clearer mechanism for the enforcement of lenders’ rights under registered mortgages over granted land is a key step to creating a more robust and attractive regime for lenders.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Background</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Prior to the issuance of the Decree, the ability for beneficiaries of granted land in Dubai to use such land as security to procure development funding was governed by The Order Issued on 14 May 1996 (the ‘Order’) and The Instructions Issued on 5 June 1996 (the ‘Instructions’).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Order and the Instructions permitted the registration of mortgages over land granted for residential or commercial purposes, provided that certain conditions were met. These conditions included, that the lender must be a bank licensed to operate in Dubai, that the purpose of the mortgage must be to fund the construction of a building on the land, and that the method for drawing down on the loan reflect that restriction.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Order and the Instructions were silent on land granted for industrial purposes. The express exclusion of commercial and residential granted land from the application of the Dubai law concerning Mortgages in the Emirate of Dubai (Law No. 14 of 2008) (the ‘Mortgage Law’), also created uncertainty with regard to lenders’ ability to enforce security over granted lands. In particular, until recently, the Dubai Courts had been reluctant to allow enforcement of such mortgages.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Decree, which takes effect from 1 November 2016, repeals the Order and the Instructions, installs a more developed framework going forward, and provides clarity on these and other issues.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Common elements that continue to apply under the Decree</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Despite their repeal, a number of the elements applicable under the Order and the Instructions continue to apply under the Decree. Such elements include:</p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the lender must be a bank or financial institution licensed to operate in Dubai;</li>\r\n 	<li>the Dubai Land Department remains charged with ensuring that the terms of any proposed mortgage satisfy these relevant funding conditions; and</li>\r\n 	<li>mortgages which do not satisfy the relevant conditions must not be registered (and are deemed by the Decree to be null and void).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\">Mortgages registered under the prior framework are also deemed by the Decree to be valid and effective under the operation of the Decree.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Broader application of the Decree</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Decree relates to government land granted to individuals (natural or legal) for residential, commercial, or industrial purposes. The Decree makes a number of important expansions or clarifications, beyond the scope of the prior framework. These include:</p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>granted industrial land is now expressly included within the scope of the Decree, providing clarity that such land may be mortgaged;</li>\r\n 	<li>funds advanced in respect of granted residential land may be utilised for the construction, maintenance, expansion, or replacement of the improvements on the land;</li>\r\n 	<li>funds advanced in respect of granted commercial or industrial land may be applied to the use of such land for the purpose for which it was granted;</li>\r\n 	<li>the income of commercial and industrial granted land may be separately mortgaged from the land itself (permitting the mortgagee to manage the operation of the land and receive the income from the use of the land until the debt is repaid);</li>\r\n 	<li>mortgages are to be registered in accordance with the procedures applicable under the Mortgage Law (noting that the Mortgage Law is otherwise not applicable to land granted for commercial and residential purposes); and</li>\r\n 	<li>stipulating an enforcement regime, giving lenders clarity on the process for enforcement of a mortgage over granted lands (discussed below).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\">To procure registration, the borrower must now submit to the Land Department a copy of the applicable building permit issued by a competent authority. The Land Department also has the discretion to require any other documents or information it deems necessary to assess whether a mortgage meets the criteria for registration. Typically, this would include providing a copy of the loan agreement illustrating the purpose of the loan.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>Enforcement </strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Without detracting from the greater clarity that the Decree provides on various matters, perhaps the most import aspect of the Decree is the inclusion of a clearer regime for the enforcement of mortgages registered over granted land. Not only will that regime address uncertainties with enforcement, giving lenders greater confidence in advancing funds for the development of granted lands, but it also provides clarity that granted lands are a legitimate form of security that may be offered by borrowers or relied upon by lenders.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The default and enforcement procedures applicable under the Decree align closely with the corresponding provisions of the Mortgage Law, requiring the mortgagee to serve notice of default by the notary public and to allow at least thirty days for the mortgagor to cure any breach, prior to seeking an order for sale from the execution department of the Courts. If the mortgagor fails to cure the breach, then the Court may order the sale of the property in accordance with the Land Department’s applicable procedures.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">One requirement specific to the Decree is that the granted residential lands may not be sold without the prior approval of the Board of the Mohammed Bin Rashid Housing Establishment ( ‘Establishment’). It is not clear, at this stage, on what basis such approval will or will not be forthcoming.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Decree also stipulates the priority of entitlements to repayment, following the sale of the mortgaged property as follows:</p>\r\n<p class=\"p4\"></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>judicial fees and expenses;</li>\r\n 	<li>fees arising from the sale of the mortgaged property;</li>\r\n 	<li>the fees of ownership of the commercial or industrial lands (due under Law No. 4 of 2010 Concerning the Ownership of Industrial and Commercial Lands) (‘Transfer Fee’), unless this was paid at the time of registering the mortgage;</li>\r\n 	<li>repayment of the secured debt; and</li>\r\n 	<li>in respect of commercial or industrial land, the balance to the mortgagor; or</li>\r\n 	<li>in respect of residential land, the balance shall devolve to the purchase of accommodation in the name of the mortgagor or such other housing arrangement as the Establishment deems appropriate. If the balance is not sufficient to procure alternate accommodation, it will be paid to the mortgagor.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\">The Transfer Fee applicable to any transfer of ownership of granted land by a beneficiary is equal to 30 per cent of the market value at the time of the sale as designated by the Land Department. Where the land holder is not the original beneficiary of the grant (e.g. due to a subsequent transfer), the applicable fee is equal to 50 per cent of that market value.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">While the enforcement process and the priority regime (detailed above) will be familiar to lenders, the potential imposition of the Transfer Fee (if applicable) will be a key due diligence issue for lenders. Where the original beneficiary of the grant is the mortgagor, the payment of the Transfer Fee that would be applicable on an enforced sale. It is likely lenders will insist on such fees being paid up front, or reduce the loan accordingly.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Conversely, where a landholder (who is not the original beneficiary of the grant) is the mortgagor, payment of the applicable Transfer Fee may be required in order to procure registration of the mortgage. Again, this will be a due diligence issue for lenders.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Finally, it is timely to reiterate that registration of the mortgage, as a critical pre-requisite to enforcement, should also be a pre-requisite to the advance of funds.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Government agencies and real estate developers</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Two additional matters are covered by the Decree:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>first, land granted to government agencies, or to companies in which the government (or government agencies) own at least 50 per cent of the shares, may be mortgaged unconditionally; and</li>\r\n 	<li>second, land granted to real estate developers are deemed to be freehold land and may be unconditionally mortgaged and disposed of.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">While the application of the first point is clear, the implications of the second point are less so. While the language is broad, we consider that this must be read having regard to the existing law in relation to real property rights in Dubai and, in particular, restrictions on foreign ownership of land (other than in designated areas). Practically speaking, we also anticipate that the grant of any large development sites would be limited to government, or government related real estate developers.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Readers will appreciate that the Decree establishes a much more developed regime for the mortgaging of granted lands and provides clarity on a number of issues. Providing a broader scope for the permitted application of borrowed funds and, in particular, establishing a clearer mechanism for the enforcement of security over granted lands, should result in increased confidence amongst both borrowers and lenders, and further facilitate the development and use of such granted land.</p>');

INSERT INTO `tm_postmeta` (`meta_id`, `post_id`, `meta_key`, `meta_value`)
VALUES
	(155572,5612,'core_values',''),
	(155573,5612,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155574,5612,'file',''),
	(155575,5612,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103240,5612,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103241,5612,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103242,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103243,5612,'content_description','The issuing of Dubai Decree on Mortgaging Granted Lands in the Emirate of Dubai (Decree No. 31 of 2016) (‘Decree’), expands upon the existing framework for the registration of mortgages over granted land in Dubai and should provide beneficiaries with greater flexibility to procure development or operational funding in respect of such land.'),
	(103244,5612,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103245,5612,'pageSummary','The issuing of Dubai Decree on Mortgaging Granted Lands in the Emirate of Dubai (Decree No. 31 of 2016) (‘Decree’), expands upon the existing framework for the registration of mortgages over granted land in Dubai and should provide beneficiaries with greater flexibility to procure development or operational funding in respect of such land.'),
	(103246,5612,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103247,5612,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/a-new-regime-for-mortgaging-of-granted-land-in-dubai.html'),
	(103248,5612,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103249,5612,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','822'),
	(103250,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103251,5612,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103252,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103253,5612,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Jody Glenn Waugh'),
	(103254,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(103255,5612,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','j.waugh@tamimi.com'),
	(103256,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(103257,5612,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Dubai, UAE'),
	(103258,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(103259,5612,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(103260,5612,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(103261,5612,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The issuing of Dubai Decree on Mortgaging Granted Lands in the Emirate of Dubai (Decree No. 31 of 2016) (‘Decree’), expands upon the existing framework for the registration of mortgages over granted land in Dubai and should provide beneficiaries with greater flexibility to procure development or operational funding in respect of such land.'),
	(103262,5613,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 3 of the Decree explains that the RDSC is a special judicial system that has exclusive jurisdiction in hearing rental disputes in the Emirate of Dubai, operating on a fast and simple mechanism in order to achieve social and economic stability in Dubai for all those concerned with property leasing. Article 5 specifies that the head quarters of the RDSC is located at the Dubai Land Department, and other offices may be opened in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Jurisdiction of the RDSC</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 6 of the Decree identifies the jurisdiction of the RDSC, and states that it has exclusive jurisdiction in hearing all rental disputes arising between landlords and tenants in Dubai or inside free zones in Dubai except free zones that have special judicial committees or courts competent to settle rental disputes, such as the Dubai International Financial Centre. It further excludes disputes arising from finance lease contracts, and long term lease agreements; the Dubai Courts has jurisdiction to hear and decide in these disputes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Furthermore, Article 6 of the Decree grants the RDSC the jurisdiction to decide on appeals and the enforcement of judgments issued by the RDSC on matters that fall within its jurisdiction. The RDSC also has jurisdiction for requests to take temporary or summary procedures, such as depositing rent cheques or the keys of the premises by the tenant where the landlord refuses to take them.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">While it is not expressly stated in the Tenancy Law, our view is that short term stays at hotels and hotel apartments should fall within the jurisdiction of the RDSC, and Tenancy Law should be applied. However, in practice we do not see disputes in such arrangements considering that the establishment would have received all dues up front for the short term stay, which minimizes the risks of claiming any outstanding dues from the guests. We have seen cases related to hotel apartments which the RDSC has adjudicated.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Documents Required for Filing a Case at the RDSC</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">If one of the landlord or the tenant wishes to file a claim related to the tenancy relationship, the claimant has to provide the RDSC with a statement of claim that has the following documents attached:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Passport and Emirates ID of the claimant or commercial license of the company.</li>\r\n 	<li>Passport and Emirates ID of the defendant or commercial license of the company.</li>\r\n 	<li>Documental evidence supporting the claims, e.g. Statement of Account.</li>\r\n 	<li>Copy of the lease agreement.</li>\r\n 	<li>Copy of the Dubai Municipality Affection plan or Dubai Land Department Title Deed pertaining to the leased premises.</li>\r\n 	<li>DEWA Premise Number or Ejari Registration Number.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\">Article 4(2) of the Tenancy Law requires the landlord and tenant to register the lease agreement in Ejari, however, it is not a mandatory requirement for filing a case at the RDSC, and alternatively, a DEWA Premise Number will suffice for filing the case. Please note that all documents submitted must be in Arabic, or translated into Arabic by a certified legal translator.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Litigation Before the RDSC</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 10 of the Decree introduces the Reconciliation Department, which is an optional step prior to litigation before the First Instance Circuit. The Reconciliation Department examines all rental disputes presented by landlords and tenants or their legal representatives, and examines all relevant documents, instruments and evidence submitted, and suggests reconciliation in order to reach an amicable settlement for the dispute within a maximum period of fifteen days. Such period may extended for a similar periods by a decision of the supervising judge.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the event that landlord and tenant agree on settlement terms, such settlement will be documented and signed by the landlord and tenant, and further approved by the judge supervising the Reconciliation Department.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In the event that amicable settlement is not achieved before the Reconciliation Department, the dispute file will be forwarded by the Reconciliation Department to the First Instance Circuit.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Fees for Filing a Case at the RDSC</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The fees for registering a case at the RDSC are 3.5% of the annual rent of the leased premises, and in any event the registration fees must be at least AED 500 and not exceed AED 15,000 for financial claims. In the event of an eviction claim or renewal of tenancy contract, then the maximum registration fees would be AED 20,000. In cases where both a financial claim is made and eviction is requested, the maximum filing fee would be AED 35,000.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Claims at the First Instance Circuit usually take from one to three months before a judgment is issued. However, in complicated and technical cases where the RDSC tribunal decides to mandate finance or engineering experts to study the case and provide a technical report on the matter, it may take up to nine months before a judgment is issued.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The RDSC judgment at the First Instance Circuit will be effective and executable unless an appeal is made. In the event that the annual rent value of the lease agreement is more than AED 100,000 the concerned party may file for an appeal. If the appealing party was ordered to pay a specified sum by the First Instance Circuit, that party is required to pay 50% of the award issued against it as determined for the appeal to be accepted. Waivers from this requirement can be requested and awarded based on the discretion of the RSDC.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> </span><strong>Execution and Appeal at the RDSC</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The judgment of the First Instance Circuit may be appealed within 15 calendar days from the date of issuance or the date the defendant was notified of the judgment; otherwise, the First Instance Circuit judgment becomes final and executable. In the event that the First Instance Circuit judgement is appealed, litigation before the Appeal Circuit usually takes one to two months. The Appeal Circuit judgment is final and executable.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Following the issuance of an executable judgment, the claimant may proceed to open an execution file at execution department at the RDSC. The defendant will be notified with the execution of the judgment, and will be granted a grace period of 15 days from the date of being notified with the execution to willingly comply with the judgment.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The enforcement procedures of the judgment, including eviction procedures, will commence following the lapse of 15 days from the date the tenant is notified with the judgement. Following the lapse of the notification period, the eviction date will be scheduled by the RDSC for the bailiff to visit the premises and carry out the handover process.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Following the eviction, the landlord must file an application before the execution department of the RDSC to claim rent and other charges against the tenant until the eviction date. The RDSC will subsequently carry out an asset search to identify and locate monies and assets owned by the tenant before the relevant authorities, and even ban the defendant or the defendant’s manager (in the case of a company) from travel until the judgment is complied with. Furthermore, Article 22 of the Decree provides the RDSC the right to use assistance from the execution department of Dubai Courts.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Summary Judgments and Measures</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The RDSC provides summary judgements in certain disputes between landlords and tenants, specifically in matters relating to handing over of the leased premises and the payment of rent.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In practice, in the event that the landlord refuses to receive the rent from the tenant for any reason, the tenant may proceed to the RDSC and deposit the rent amount in the RDSC treasury so that the tenant would not be in default of the contractual obligation to pay the rent. The tenant should notify the landlord that the money owed is available for collection by the landlord or his legal representative.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Similarly, in the event that the landlord refuses to receive the keys to the leased premises at the time of lease agreement expiry or termination, or in the event that the tenant refuses to receive the keys from the landlord at the time for rent commencement date, the party who is in possession of the keys to the premises may proceed to the RDSC and lodge the keys at the RDSC treasury, and notify the other party that the keys are available for collection.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">By providing such measures, the RDSC provides swift service that guarantees that each party to the lease agreement will not be held responsible for the omissions and actions of the other party.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">We believe that the real estate market has dramatically evolved in Dubai, and the RDSC is making strides towards matching the requirements of the current real estate market by bringing swift and consistent judgments which bring stability in landlord and tenant matters. In our opinion, the stability brought by the RDCS to the real estate market helps investors in the property leasing sector to not hesitate in property leasing activities.</p>'),
	(155606,5613,'core_values',''),
	(155607,5613,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155608,5613,'file',''),
	(103263,5613,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103264,5613,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103265,5613,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103266,5613,'content_description','In Dubai, the landlord and tenant relationship is regulated by Law No. 26 of 2007 as amended by Law No. 33 of 2008 ‘Regulating Relationship Between Landlords and Tenants in the Emirate of Dubai’ (“Tenancy Law”), and in the event of a tenancy dispute, the Rental Disputes Settlement Centre (“RDSC”) is the competent authority to hear claims or applications related to the tenancy and adjudicate the dispute. The RDSC was established in 18 September 2013 by Decree No. 26 of 2013 ‘Concerning Rent Disputes Resolution Centre in the Emirate of Dubai’ (“the Decree”).'),
	(103267,5613,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103268,5613,'pageSummary','In Dubai, the landlord and tenant relationship is regulated by Law No. 26 of 2007 as amended by Law No. 33 of 2008 ‘Regulating Relationship Between Landlords and Tenants in the Emirate of Dubai’ (“Tenancy Law”), and in the event of a tenancy dispute, the Rental Disputes Settlement Centre (“RDSC”) is the competent authority to hear claims or applications related to the tenancy and adjudicate the dispute. The RDSC was established in 18 September 2013 by Decree No. 26 of 2013 ‘Concerning Rent Disputes Resolution Centre in the Emirate of Dubai’ (“the Decree”).'),
	(103269,5613,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103270,5613,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/tenancy-disputes-in-dubai.html'),
	(103271,5613,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103272,5613,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','805'),
	(103273,5613,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103274,5613,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103275,5613,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103276,5613,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','The RDSC was established in 18 September 2013 by Decree No. 26 of 2013 ‘Concerning Rent Disputes Resolution Centre in the Emirate of Dubai’ (“the Decree”).'),
	(214094,5683,'_yoast_wpseo_focuskeywords','[]'),
	(218945,7662,'_education','field_59b2710ab4390'),
	(218944,7662,'education','2009 -<em> Professional Diploma in Legal Practice (LPC), </em>BPP Law School\r\n\r\n2008 - <em>LLB Bachelor of Law, </em>Newcastle University'),
	(103277,5614,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><strong>Residential Property </strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">Law No. 230 of 1996 on the Regulation of Ownership of Built Properties and Vacant Land by Non-Egyptians (“Law No. 230 of 1996”) governs the ownership by foreigners of property for residential purposes. Foreign ownership of property for non-residential purposes (i.e., commercial, offices or agricultural purposes) is regulated by other separate laws and regulations.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In applying Law No. 230 of 1996, a company is deemed a foreign company if the majority of its capital is not owned by Egyptians, regardless of whether the company is incorporated and registered in Egypt or elsewhere. Law No. 230 of 1996 applies to all kinds of real property disposals by foreigners except inheritance. For purposes of this law, ownership rights include freehold ownership and usufruct rights.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Pursuant to Article 2 of Law No. 230 of 1996, the number of lands or built properties which a foreigner may own must not exceed two properties for residential purposes (for the owner and his immediate family) and the area of each real estate must not exceed 4,000 square meters. Once acquired, a foreigner must hold on the residential real property for 5 years before he is able to dispose of it to others, unless otherwise permitted by virtue of a special resolution issued by the Prime Minister (Article 5 of Law No. 230 of 1996). Any disposal or acquisition in contravention with any of the conditions set by Law No. 230 of 1996 would be considered null and void. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Council of Ministers has the authority to relax these restrictions and issue special conditions on the ownership of real estate located within touristic areas and master communities it designates from time to time. Accordingly, Prime Minister Resolution No. 548 of 2005 states that foreigners shall enjoy equal rights with Egyptians for acquiring freehold title to units in Sidi Abd El Rahman, Ras El Hekma, Hurghada and the Red Sea and usufruct rights for up to 99 years in Sharm El Sheik for residency purposes, subject to obtaining the approval of the Ministry of Defense, Ministry of Interior and the National Security Authority. Units acquired in the areas above-mentioned governed by Prime Minister Resolution No. 548 of 2005 are exempted from the 5-years restriction on disposal and accordingly may be disposed of at any time after their acquisition.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> In addition, ownership of residential lands is conditional to the development of the land. Pursuant to Article 4 of Law No. 230 of 1996, a foreigner who acquires a residential land must start construction works to develop the land within 5 years from the month in which registration of such land with the Notary Public is recorded. In the event the five-years period lapses without commencing construction works, the prohibition to dispose of the vacant land would be extended to a period to the delay period in commencing construction works.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Desert Land &amp; Agricultural Land </strong></span><strong> </strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Law No. 143 of 1981 on Desert Lands regulates ownership of desert land in Egypt. This law restricts ownership of desert land to Egyptian nationals and to Egyptian companies owned by at least 51% of Egyptians.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Agricultural lands are exclusively reserved to Egyptians. Law No. 15 of 1963 on the Prohibition of Foreign Ownership of Agricultural lands prohibits the acquisition of agricultural lands by foreigners (both individuals and companies), whether by way of freehold ownership, usufruct or any other type of real property right.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Limitations on Ownership in Some Restricted Areas</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The ownership of real estate property in some areas in Egypt is restricted regardless of the nationality of the proposed owner. Ownership of land in these areas is limited to the State for public security reasons.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For example, Law No. 68 of 2015 as amended by the Council of Ministers Resolution No. 215 of 2017 prohibits the ownership of real estate in Sinai to Egyptians individuals and companies entirely owned by Egyptians. Subject to obtaining a number of governmental approvals, foreign individuals and companies may acquire usufruct rights over lands for term of up to 75 years for investment or economic development purposes. Companies entitled to such usufruct rights must be joint-stock companies owned by at least 55% of Egyptians.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Real Estate for Foreign Investment Projects</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Law No. 8 of 1997 of Investment Guarantees and Incentives as revised by Law No 17 of 2015 (“Investment Law”) provides that foreign companies and establishment which investment projects fall within the list of commercial activities defined by the Investment Law and its executive regulations, may own land buildings and develop real estate as necessary for the purposes of establishing and expanding their commercial activities, except lands and properties in areas designated by the Council of Ministers from time to time. The list of activities mentioned in the Investment Law and the executive regulations issued by the Council of Ministers is quite exhaustive.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For the purposes of the Investment Law, a company must be incorporated in Egypt in the form of a joint stock company, limited liability company or limited partnership (excluding any other form of companies). However, there are no restrictions on the nationality of the shareholders, their residence and their shareholding percentage in the company (Article 12 of the Investment Law). Foreign companies may also apply to obtain real estate rights over state-owned lands and properties which the Government accepts to designate for foreign investment projects pursuant to the procedures and requirements set out in Articles 5, 6 and 73 of the Investment Law.</p>'),
	(155883,5614,'core_values',''),
	(155884,5614,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(103278,5614,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103279,5614,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103280,5614,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103281,5614,'content_description','Foreigners (individuals and companies) are entitled to own real estate in Egypt subject to certain conditions and some restrictions. The regulation of foreign ownership of real estate is spread across several laws and regulations. The nature of the real estate (e.g., residential, investment, agricultural) and its location (e.g., the proximity of the property to Egypt’s borders) determines the scope of the ownership rights and any applicable restrictions. '),
	(103282,5614,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103283,5614,'pageSummary','Foreigners (individuals and companies) are entitled to own real estate in Egypt subject to certain conditions and some restrictions. The regulation of foreign ownership of real estate is spread across several laws and regulations. The nature of the real estate (e.g., residential, investment, agricultural) and its location (e.g., the proximity of the property to Egypt’s borders) determines the scope of the ownership rights and any applicable restrictions.'),
	(103284,5614,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103285,5614,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/foreign-ownership-of-real-estate-in-egypt.html'),
	(103286,5614,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103287,5614,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','738'),
	(103288,5614,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103289,5614,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','552'),
	(103290,5614,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_1_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103291,5614,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','2'),
	(103292,5614,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103293,5614,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Foreigners are entitled to own real estate in Egypt subject to certain conditions and some restrictions. The regulation of foreign ownership of real estate is spread across several laws and regulations.'),
	(218953,7662,'_lawyerCountryDesks','field_59d20ce7810cf'),
	(218952,7662,'lawyerCountryDesks',''),
	(218951,7662,'_lawyerSectors','field_59d20ca2810cc'),
	(103294,5615,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><strong>What was the law previously?</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\">The Real Estate Registration Law Number 43 of 1971 as amended (the “Real Estate Registration Law”), provided that the right to acquire real estate is restricted to Iraqi nationals only and does not extend to foreigners save where the following exceptions apply:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>there must be reciprocity in treatment between Iraq and the country of the relevant foreigner who is seeking to acquire the real estate;</li>\r\n 	<li>there must be no administrative or military impediment in respect of the acquisition;</li>\r\n 	<li>the property must not be less than 30 kilometers from Iraq’s borders; and</li>\r\n 	<li>the Iraqi Ministry of Interior must approve the relevant acquisition.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAdditionally, Kuwaiti nationals were allowed to acquire real estate pursuant to Law Number 19 of 1952 and other Arab nationals pursuant to Law Number 5 of 1955. This has resulted in many prime locations in Iraq being owned by Kuwaitis and other Arab nationals. Corporate entities, including foreign entities, may acquire real estate pursuant to Articles 152 and 153 of the Real Estate Registration Law subject to the following:\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the company’s registration must be attested in Iraq;</li>\r\n 	<li>the articles of association of such company must allow the acquisition of real estate;</li>\r\n 	<li>the Minister of Interior must approve the registration of the property; and</li>\r\n 	<li>the property must be located within the borders of a city or kasbah.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nSince this time, a number of laws have been issued to allow the acquisition by foreigners of real estate in Iraq in particular situations.\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>What is the updated position?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Non Iraqi nationals were permitted to own real estate until 1994 (as set out above) when the situation was dramatically reversed with the issuance of a decision by the now dissolved Revolutionary Command Council which suspended all laws and decrees that allowed the ownership of real estate by foreign nationals.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Thereafter, in 2005 the permanent constitution of Iraq was introduced which granted Iraqi nationals the right to own properties anywhere in Iraq and denied foreigners the right to own immoveable properties except as provided under the law . We consider the laws that have been introduced since this date and their effect.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Article 10 of the amended Iraq Investment Law Number 13 of 2006 (the “Iraq Investment Law”) provides that an Iraqi or foreign investor shall enjoy all of the privileges, benefits and guarantees set out in the aforementioned law. Furthermore, the Investment Law provides that an Iraqi or foreign investor shall have the right to acquire land reserved for residential projects and owned by the state or public sector, as well as land owned by the private sector solely or in partnership with the public sector provided that the use of the same shall not conflict with the principally intended purpose. It is also worth noting that an Iraqi investor is allowed to acquire land reserved for agriculture or industrial use and to enter into a partnership agreement with a foreign investor for financing and management purposes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">When an Iraqi or foreign investor acquires a property, a lien shall be inscribed for the purpose of preventing any disposal of the property until the Iraqi or foreign investor satisfies its obligations as verified by the Investment Authority and the investor shall be required to use the property as intended and refrain from entering into any speculative activity with respect to such property. In the event that the investor fails in performing its obligations within the relevant period, the real estate registration department shall, upon request from the Investment Authority, cancel the registration of the property and return the property to its previous owner, provided that the investor shall receive back the previously paid purchase price less the equivalent rent in respect of the occupancy period.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The foreign investor is obligated to build residential units and to sell or lease such units to Iraqi nationals but shall have the right to dispose of the non-residential parts of the project during the entire licensing term in accordance with the conditions stated in the agreement executed with such investor. While the investor may transfer part of the investment project after completion of 40% of the project, it shall not be allowed to transfer the ownership of the project unless it is entirely completed. We also note that the Iraq Investment Law has prohibited the expropriation or nationalization of an investment project or the revocation of its ownership, whether in part or in whole, except for public interest, and in which case, the investor shall be entitled to a fair compensation. The Iraq Investment Law further states that any future amendment shall not operate retroactively so as not to affect the guarantees and benefits afforded under such law.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Iraq Investment Law allows the foreign investor to rent, lease and acquire Musataha rights from the government and the private sector for the purpose of constructing investment projects for a period not exceeding 50 years subject to renewal.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>What is the position in Kurdistan?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">Article 3 of the Investment Law of Kurdistan Region Number 4 of 2006 (the “Kurdistan Investment Law”) states that the foreign investor shall be treated in the same manner as the national investor. The Investment Law further provides that, subject to the other provisions of the Investment Law, the foreign investor is entitled to purchase and lease lands and real estate as required for establishing, expanding, diversifying and developing a project. The foreign investor is entitled to purchase and rent for the benefit its investment project such residential properties and vehicles as required in the context of the investment project. Moreover, the foreign investor is entitled to assign its investment, in part or in whole, to a foreign investor or to a national investor or to assign the project to its partner, provided that the investor obtains the approval of the Investment Authority. In the event of assignment, the new investor shall substitute the previous investor in all of its rights and obligations ensuing from the project. A lien shall be inscribed on the property by the relevant real estate registration authority for the purpose of preventing any disposal affecting a property which is dedicated for an investment project. The lien shall not be lifted unless the Investment Authority approves and provided that the investor satisfied all of its obligations. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Any other relevant laws?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Iraqi Companies Law Number 21 of 1997 (the “Companies Law”) prohibited foreigners from participating in Iraqi companies. However, an amendment to the aforementioned law was introduced in 2004 to allow foreigners to participate in and entirely own Iraqi companies, except in specific cases such as commercial agencies which must still be Iraqi owned. Given that companies incorporated in Iraq are considered Iraqi pursuant to Article 23 of the Companies Law and have a distinct legal personality and financial position irrespective of the nationality of its shareholders, these companies may acquire properties in Iraq. This has been confirmed in decision number 54/2010 issued by the State Council on 5 May 2010 (the “State Council Decision”) at the request of the Minister of Justice who wished clarity as to whether banks and companies owned directly or indirectly by foreign shareholders are allowed to acquire real estate in Iraq. The decision expressly states that, notwithstanding the existence of foreign shareholders in Iraqi banks, these banks are allowed to acquire real estate in a manner consistent with their objectives as set out in their memorandums of association. The State Council Decision also provides that Iraqi banks owned by foreigners are allowed to acquire real estate on the basis of Paragraph 2 of Article 33 of the Banks Law Number 94 of 2004 which allows the acquisition of property when required in the context of undertaking their operations, including for staff and workers’ accommodation.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> It is worth mentioning that, despite the clear provision of the Companies Law which considers a company Iraqi notwithstanding the nationality of its founders, as well as the State Council Decision, and the absence of any legal impediment, the practice remains different on the ground. As a matter of fact, and save for companies that are subject to the Kurdistan Investment Law, it is challenging to transfer properties to Iraqi companies who have foreign shareholders. Although challenging, such transfers are not impossible to achieve on case by case basis. As at the date of this article, the issue remains of critical importance. A number of companies owned by foreigners have succeeded in registering properties under the respective company name in Iraq, while other companies were denied this request despite the clear provisions of the law and the absence of any legal impediment. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In relation to branches of foreign companies and their relevant offices established in Iraq, in accordance with Law Number 5 of 1989, we note that they are considered as an extension of the parent company under the applicable laws and therefore are not allowed to acquire real estate in Iraq. The same treatment applies with regard to branches of foreign banks that are licensed in Iraq and which are not allowed to own real estate. However, subject to obtaining the approval of the Central Bank of Iraq, it is possible for these branches to register mortgages under their names.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In conclusion, the acquisition of property in Iraq is possible for foreign investors in particular situations as highlighted in this article. Care requires to be taken in navigating local laws and it is important to understand the practical approach of the local Iraqi authorities.</p>'),
	(155983,5615,'core_values',''),
	(155984,5615,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155985,5615,'file',''),
	(155986,5615,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103295,5615,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103296,5615,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103297,5615,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103298,5615,'content_description','This article considers the rights of non Iraqi nationals to own real estate in Iraq. '),
	(103299,5615,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103300,5615,'pageSummary','This article considers the rights of non Iraqi nationals to own real estate in Iraq.'),
	(103301,5615,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103302,5615,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/foreigners-right-to-own-real-estate-in-iraq.html'),
	(103303,5615,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103304,5615,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','Mohammad Norri'),
	(103305,5615,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorName','field_59e59ad5d15dd'),
	(103306,5615,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','m.norri@tamimi.com'),
	(103307,5615,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorEmail','field_59e59afcd15de'),
	(103308,5615,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','Baghdad, Iraq'),
	(103309,5615,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters_0_lawUpdateAuthorLocation','field_59e59b05d15df'),
	(103310,5615,'lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','1'),
	(103311,5615,'_lawUpdateArticleNoWriters','field_59e59aaed15dc'),
	(103312,5615,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company considers the rights of non-Iraqi nationals to own real estate in Iraq.'),
	(103313,5616,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Today, the global economic slowdown led many countries to revise their foreign ownership regulations in order to attract foreign investment and boost their economies. This article sheds light on Jordan’s current legal framework in relation to foreign ownership of real property.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Generally, it is permissible for foreigners to own real property in Jordan, subject to the provisions set out in Leasing and Selling Immovable Assets to Non-Jordanians and Juristic Persons Law (Law No. 47 of 2006) (the ‘Law’), the Economic Boycott Law (Law No. 11 of 1995) (the ‘Economic Boycott Law’), and the Disposal of Immovable Assets by Juristic Persons Law (No. 61 of 1953) (the ‘Disposal of Immovable Assets by Juristic Persons Law’).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Law sets out the requirements for foreign individuals and juristic persons to own real properties in Jordan.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Non-Jordanian Individuals</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\">The Law differentiates between ownership by foreign individuals for residential purposes and for business purposes. Each purpose has a different approval requirement, either from the General Manager of the Department of Lands and Survey (‘DLS’), the Minister of Finance, or ultimately the Council of Ministers. The Law further sets limits on the number of properties and size of property that the foreign individual can own for each purpose. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">Ownership by foreign individuals is also subject to a reciprocity condition. The Law, however, excludes fellow Arab nationals from this reciprocity condition. Having said that, individuals holding dual nationalities are obliged to disclose their nationalities and reciprocity then applies to both nationalities that they hold.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"> Foreign individuals may lease real property for residential or business purposes. There are also limits on the size and term of such lease, exceeding these limits requires certain local approvals. </span></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Juristic Persons</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">The Law defines ‘Juristic Person’ as the entity having legal personality in accordance with the legislation of its country of incorporation and registration, whether Jordanian or foreign.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">There are no requirements as to the legal type of the Juristic Person (LLC, PSC, PLC, etc.). However, Juristic Persons shall only be permitted to own property subject to their constitutional documents and for purposes of conducting their business operations. In other words, the company’s activities and objectives must allow for ownership and disposal of real property.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"> The Law further sets out approval mechanisms for Juristic Persons to own property based on the location (within or outside the zoning areas) and size of the property. These approvals are either issued by the Minister of Finance or the Council of Ministers. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">Generally, an application is submitted to the DLS for the requisite approvals sought. The approvals set out in the Law are discretionary and are usually studied on a case-by-case basis.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">Additionally, the Economic Boycott stipulates further conditions on foreign, non-Arab individuals and companies wishing to own or lease, directly or indirectly, any real property in Jordan. These conditions include reciprocity, timeline for completion of investments, and that the ownership, lease, or any related activity will not affect national security.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Transfer of Companies’ Shares</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">When a company owns property in Jordan, the transfer of such company’s shares is not considered a sale of the property that it owns. As such, payment of what is sometimes hefty registration or transfer fees is not triggered upon the transfer of the company’s shares. However, other matters relating to the evaluation of the company’s assets in certain cases, including merger, should be considered.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Timeline for Completing Projects</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">Whoever owns property pursuant to the provisions of the Law shall complete their project within three years, if the property was acquired for residential or business purposes, and within five years, if the property was acquired for any other reason. The Minister of Finance may renew such timeline for one time only. Failure to comply with the timeline exposes the owner of the property to payment of annual penalty fees to the DLS at the rate of five per cent of the market value of the property for a period of 10 years. After the lapse of these 10 years, the Minister of Finance may issue a decision to sell the property via public auction to the benefit of the owner, if not sold directly by the owner.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Lock-in Period on Disposal of Property</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">The properties purchased by virtue of the provisions of the Law are subject to a lock-in period of three years, on properties purchased for residential purposes, and five years, on properties purchased for other purposes. During this lock-in period, the foreign individual or juristic person shall not transfer or dispose of the property for any reason whatsoever. This lock-in period is usually marked by the DLS as a form of encumbrance on the back of the title deed of the respective property.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Other Considerations on Disposal of Property</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">The Disposal of Immovable Assets by Juristic Persons Law provides that the disposal of property owned by companies shall be subject to the laws and regulations of Jordan and that companies owning property by virtue of the provisions of said law shall be subject to the payment of taxes and fees imposed, or that will be imposed, in relation to the property. Further, such companies are subject to the jurisdiction of Jordanian courts in connection with all matters and disputes relating to the property.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">Another consideration in this regard relates to powers of attorney issued for purposes of disposing of real property, whether by mortgage or sale. Unlike other types of powers of attorney, these need to be carefully drafted. These powers of attorney are generally only valid for one year, unless a shorter validity is provided and except for those issued amongst family members.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>Application to Free Zones</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">The Law does not apply to certain free zones including the Aqaba Special Economic Zone, which has specific requirements as to foreign ownership of property.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">While the above issues may appear as substantive restrictions on foreign ownership of real property, Jordan has recently been adopting many investment friendly approaches. These approaches include revision of investment regulations and granting annual residency permits to foreign investors who purchase real property for residential purposes, subject, of course, to certain conditions and security approvals.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Council of Ministers, under the current applicable legislation, remains vastly entitled to waiving any of the foreign ownership restrictions or granting the required approvals to projects (particularly large projects) in order to waive any of the limits set out in the Law.</p>'),
	(156020,5616,'core_values',''),
	(156021,5616,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(156022,5616,'file',''),
	(156023,5616,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(156024,5616,'orderValue4','4'),
	(103314,5616,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103315,5616,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103316,5616,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103317,5616,'content_description','The real estate market has long been the backbone and main driver of the Jordanian economy. Historically, foreign investors, during the waves of immigration into Jordan, have played a vital role in shaping the real estate prices and market stability. '),
	(103318,5616,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103319,5616,'pageSummary','The real estate market has long been the backbone and main driver of the Jordanian economy. Historically, foreign investors, during the waves of immigration into Jordan, have played a vital role in shaping the real estate prices and market stability.'),
	(103320,5616,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103321,5616,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/foreign-ownership-of-real-property-in-jordan.html'),
	(103322,5616,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103323,5616,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','688'),
	(103324,5616,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103325,5616,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103326,5616,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103327,5616,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company sheds light on Jordan’s current legal framework in relation to foreign ownership of real property.'),
	(103328,5617,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">Wholly foreign-owned entities can be established ‘Off-Shore’ and acquire usufruct rights in respect of property within their specific zone of establishment. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">This article discusses the restrictions applicable to the acquisition or possession of Mainland real estate by foreigners of foreign-owned entities.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For completeness, we note that Oman also has a Free Trade Agreement with the United States of America (FTA) but the FTA does not affect the restrictions discussed below.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><strong>A. Legal framework for the ownership or possession of land and general prohibition on foreign holding of absolute title</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Lands Law promulgated by SD 5/1980 constituted the State as owner of all land in Oman to which no individual could prove title. The State then commenced allocation of land for public purposes and the making of grants of residential and/or commercial or agricultural plots to individual citizens.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Omani nationals and mixed ownership SAOGs</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Previously only Omani natural persons could acquire absolute title to land in the Sultanate.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Pursuant to SD 24/95, companies were permitted to own land, provided that:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>they were wholly-Omani owned; or</li>\r\n 	<li>in the case of public joint stock companies (SAOGs), where not less than 51% of the capital was owned by Omanis; and</li>\r\n 	<li>the use of the land in question was restricted to the purpose approved by the competent ministry.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">The 49% cap on foreign participation in SAOGs was eased in 2010 and now SAOGs with up to 70% foreign ownership engaged in real estate development and with relevant objects in their constitutional documents can own land in Oman for the purpose of development, subject to internal conditions imposed by the Ministry of Housing.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>GCC nationals</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In 2004, the Rules as to the Acquisition of Immoveable Property for Residence and Investment by Nationals of GCC Member-States (Rules) were brought into effect. This extended the right to own land in the Sultanate to GCC natural persons and wholly GCC-owned companies (no non-GCC participation at any level), subject to the exception of certain reserved areas (noted below).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It must be noted that persons purchasing undeveloped land in the Sultanate pursuant to the Rules must develop it within four years of acquisition and cannot dispose of the land within four years of acquisition or until any development is completed. Entities acquiring pursuant to the Rules can own such land for investment purposes.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Ministry of Housing will not register ownership of land in favour of non-Omani GCC nationals in certain Reserved Areas (Al Batinah Coast, Al Gabal, Al Akhdar).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>Non-GCC nationals and integrated tourism complexes (ITCs)</em></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">Since 2006 it has been permissible for non-Omani individuals and companies to acquire usufruct rights over land in areas designated as “integrated tourism complexes” (ITCs) for the purpose of building units for residential and investment purposes. Thirteen such designations have been made to date. ITC’s tend to have defined tourism, commercial and housing elements.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> To give effect to an ITC, the government grants the developer a usufruct right over the development site (the nature of which is discussed below). The rights and obligations of the developer are recorded in a development agreement. Where the ITC includes the development of residential real estate, once the development is complete, the developer is authorised to dispose of the residential units to third party purchasers, including non-GCC nationals, with title absolute (subject to payment of an upgrading fee to the ministry). If the developer fails to develop the land as per the development agreement the government can take over the ITC project. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Registration</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A register of land ownership was established under SD 5/1980 with the register maintained by the Ministry of Housing. Registration is a requirement to evidence valid ownership rights by way of Mulkhiya (title deed).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">All transactions relating to the property, including transfer, usufruct and mortgage are annotated and stamped on the Mulkhiya.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Interests held by entities are not affected by changes to the shareholders of such entities.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">It should be noted that the registry maintained by the Ministry is only open to inspection by those with an interest in a specific property.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>B. Rights available to foreign individuals or entities</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As noted above, other than ownership rights permitted in favour of SOAGs, GCC nationals (or wholly GCC owned companies) and to non-GCC nationals in respect of residential units in ITCs, generally speaking foreign entities’ rights in relation to Mainland real estate will be limited to usufructuary or leasehold rights.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Usufruct</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Usufruct tenure, pursuant to the Usufruct Law (SD 5/1981), is carved out of absolute title, and resembles it. That is to say that the right gives the usufructuary (the grantee of the usufruct) virtually all the rights of an absolute owner, such as: the right to quiet enjoyment; the right to sell; mortgage; and give on lease. The grant is, however, restricted to the specific use for which the usufruct has been granted, and is limited in time (e.g. 30 years, or the life of the usufructuary). On expiry of the usufruct right all rights in the land revert to the grantor, who has remained the owner of the underlying absolute title. Compensation for the value of any additions to the land will be due to the exiting grantee, save as provided in any private agreement between the parties.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Any grant of usufruct requires the approval of the Ministry of Housing. It is the closest approximation to absolute title that foreign acquirers can obtain outside of ITCs.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As usufruct rights fall within the category of “real”, or proprietary, rights, a usufruct can be viewed as a more secure and durable form of tenure than a lease. A usufruct is, therefore, suitable for long-term projects which involve the creation of fixed assets. Usufruct is also suitable for companies with foreign participation, or for foreign natural persons, in circumstances where they would not legally be able to acquire absolute title.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Leases</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Leases granted in the Sultanate confer rights to occupy land or premises. Leasehold rights are generally not viewed as a real property right, however, because they are not a form of property that can be readily mortgaged or entered as an asset on the lessee’s balance sheet.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The basic legislation on leases goes back to SD 6/1989, which sets a comprehensive legislative framework for the lessor-lessee relationship, and provides for a system of registration of all residential lease contracts with the competent municipality and commercial leases over 7 years with the ministry. A fee is payable by the landlord on registration, currently set at 5% of the lease value.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>C. Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The appropriate structuring of real estate dependant projects and ventures in Oman will depend on the specific requirements of the venture, the nature of the project and the nationality of the participants.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">While discussion of the legal structures available to persons (natural and juristic) in Oman is beyond the scope of this article, we do note that there are various forms of corporate entity that may be incorporated in Oman, each having its own particular characteristics, minimum capital requirements and foreign share capital restrictions.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Given the applicable restrictions on real estate rights and the various elements to be taken into account when considering suitable corporate structuring options, we recommend that parties obtain detailed legal advice to ensure that the correct structures are put in place at the outset. An early investment in sound structuring advice and securing appropriate real estate rights pays dividends and, in our experience, assists real estate ventures to progress and flourish in Oman.</p>'),
	(155815,5617,'core_values',''),
	(155816,5617,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155817,5617,'file',''),
	(155818,5617,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(155819,5617,'orderValue4','4'),
	(155820,5617,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(103329,5617,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103330,5617,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103331,5617,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103332,5617,'content_description','The Sultanate of Oman is part of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC). The Sultanate has a Foreign Capital Investment Law, promulgated by Sultani Decree (SD) number 102/94 which restricts 100% ownership of juristic entities other than in certain Free Zones and a Special Economic Zone at Duqm (often referred to as ‘Off-Shore’ with the balance of the jurisdiction referred to as ‘Mainland’). '),
	(103333,5617,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103334,5617,'pageSummary','The Sultanate of Oman is part of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC). The Sultanate has a Foreign Capital Investment Law, promulgated by Sultani Decree (SD) number 102/94 which restricts 100% ownership of juristic entities other than in certain Free Zones and a Special Economic Zone at Duqm (often referred to as ‘Off-Shore’ with the balance of the jurisdiction referred to as ‘Mainland’).'),
	(103335,5617,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103336,5617,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/foreigners-right-to-own-real-estate-in-oman.html'),
	(103337,5617,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103338,5617,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','600'),
	(103339,5617,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103340,5617,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103341,5617,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103342,5617,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company discusses the restrictions applicable to the acquisition or possession of Mainland real estate by foreigners of foreign-owned entities.'),
	(218950,7662,'lawyerSectors',''),
	(103343,5618,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">However, developments in the law since 1963 allow for certain exemptions to this general prohibition, such that non-Qataris may invest and own property in certain designated areas only, and subject to certain restrictions as set out below.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>2002 Developments</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">In 2002, Qatar introduced Law No. 2 of 2002 ‘Regulating Property Ownership of Gulf Cooperation Council Nationals (the “2002 Law”) allowing natural persons of Gulf Cooperation Council (“GCC”) nations to own no more than three real estate investments in residential areas in Qatar. The three areas specified for freehold ownership by GCC nationals are Lusail, Al Khuraj and Jabal Thailab. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">However such investment is subject to the following restrictions:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>The real estate must only be used for residential purposes for either the owner or the owner’s family members.</li>\r\n 	<li>The floor area of the property must not be more than 3000 m<sup>2</sup>.</li>\r\n 	<li>The owner may not transfer the title of property before the expiry of two years from the date the property was registered in the owner’s name.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p6\"><span class=\"s3\">The 2002 Law further provides that where the real estate comprises vacant land, the owner must ensure that construction of the residential property is completed within six years of the land being registered in the owner’s name; failure to comply can result in the Ministry of Agriculture and Municipality Affairs having the right to dispose of such real estate, subject to the owner being compensated, to the value of the property at the time that the land was acquired or at the value of the property at the time of disposal, whichever is lower. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\"> In addition, the 2002 Law also affords both natural as well legal GCC persons the right to own real estate in order to practice their vocation or licensed economic activity (“LEA”) provided that the real estate be limited in use for the purposes of such vocation or LEA, and that the area of the property is appropriate for such vocation or LEA. The disposal of any property acquired for such purposes is not permitted until such time as the owner has (a) discontinued the vocation or LEA; or (b) relocated the place where such vocation or LEA is being practiced. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Usufruct rights were also afforded to both natural and legal GCC persons under the 2002 Law for purposes of LEA. Usufruct is a legal term which means that the holder of a usufruct, known as a usufructuary, has the right to use the property and enjoy its benefits. Nevertheless such usufructuary will not be an outright owner of the same, it being akin to a leasehold interest but has the effect of discontinuing any rights of the freehold proprietor until such time as the usufructuary has come to an end.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The 2002 Law also stipulates that individuals who have acquired a GCC citizenship may only own real estate after the elapse of five years from the date of obtaining such GCC citizenship. In order for a company to be considered a GCC legal entity, 100% of the shareholding must be held by GCC persons.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>2004 Developments</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\">In 2004, Qatar opened up designated areas of the real estate market to non-Qataris (which for the avoidance of doubt includes GCC nationals) by virtue of Law No.17 of 2004 and the subsequent Cabinet Decision No. 20 of 2004 ‘Concerning the Organization of Ownership and Use of Real Estate and Residential Units by non-Qataris’ (together referred to as the ‘2004 Law’). The 2004 Law allows non-Qataris, GCC nationals or otherwise, to acquire a freehold interest in lands and residential units in the areas of the Pearl, West Bay Lagoon and parts of Al Khor.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The 2004 Law further stipulates that a non-Qatari may acquire the right of usufruct for a term of 99 years renewable on similar terms in certain specified investment areas. Such investment areas are outlined in the Law No. 6 of 2006 ‘Setting Terms and Procedures for Usufruct Rights of Non-Qataris in Real Estate and Residential Units’, the investment areas being defined as specific zones within Msheireb, Fariq Abdul Aziz, Doha Al Jadeeda, Al Ghanim Al Atiq, Al Rifaa / Al Hitmi Al Atiq, Al Sulta, Bin Mahmoud, Rawdat Al Khail, Al Mansoura/ Bin Dirham, Najma, Umm Ghuwailina, Al Khalifat, Al Saad, Al Mirqab Al Jadeed / Al Nasr, Doha International Airport, Al Qusar / Al Dafna / Onaiza and Lusail / Al Khuraj / Jabal Thailab.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\"> The 2004 Law provides that a non-Qatari’s usufruct right will not be recognised unless such right has been registered. A registered right of usufruct is transferable to any heirs and shall terminate upon either of the following:</span></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>The expiry of its defined term.</li>\r\n 	<li>Mutual agreement of the parties.</li>\r\n 	<li>The destruction of the property.</li>\r\n 	<li>The expropriation thereof for the public interest.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Foreign Missions</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s5\">Non-Qataris are also permitted to own real estate for the purpose of Arab and foreign missions pursuant to Law No. 1 of 1980 ‘Concerning Regulating the Ownership of Real Estate by Foreign Missions in Qatar’. Foreign missions are defined by law to include regional and international bodies, organisations and agencies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such real estate subject to acquisition by a foreign mission has to meet the following conditions:</span></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>The real estate shall be located within the boundaries of the city of Doha.</li>\r\n 	<li>The area of such real estate shall not be greater than 4,500 m<sup>2</sup> for each foreign mission, noting that such area may be increased by a resolution of the Emir; and</li>\r\n 	<li>The purpose of owning real estate shall be for use as a main office for diplomatic or consular missions, or as a residence for the head of mission.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Strata Title</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Whilst primary laws were introduced in 2002 and 2004 to allow foreign ownership of property in Qatar, it is only in recent years that formal transactions with non-Qataris are more common place. Many developments in the areas specified for foreign ownership comprise off-plan apartments, however a registration system for apartment ownership has yet come into place or be legislated for. Whilst the Real Estate Registration Department of the Ministry of Justice has commenced issuing titles for apartments, it has yet to have in place any system whereby a strata title can be issued to individual apartments and to establish an owners’ association for the common use components of the developments.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Interest in the real estate market of Qatar by foreigners arose after the introduction of the 2004 Law and for GCC nationals arose after commencement of the Lusail project, which is a major development related to Qatar’s hosting of the 2022 FIFA World Cup. However, with the significant numbers of apartments and compounds being constructed, the development of a strata title law is an issue that the authorities will need to address in the immediate future.</p>'),
	(155672,5618,'core_values',''),
	(155673,5618,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155674,5618,'file',''),
	(155675,5618,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103344,5618,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103345,5618,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103346,5618,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103347,5618,'content_description','There is a general prohibition on foreigners (natural or legal entities) acquiring any rights over fixed assets in Qatar, including desert and agricultural lands, and buildings of any type, as set out in Law No. 5 of 1963 ‘Concerning the Non Allowance of Foreigners to Acquire Ownership of Fixed Assets’. '),
	(103348,5618,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103349,5618,'pageSummary','There is a general prohibition on foreigners (natural or legal entities) acquiring any rights over fixed assets in Qatar, including desert and agricultural lands, and buildings of any type, as set out in Law No. 5 of 1963 ‘Concerning the Non Allowance of Foreigners to Acquire Ownership of Fixed Assets’.'),
	(103350,5618,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103351,5618,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/owning-property-in-qatar-options-for-foreign-investors.html'),
	(103352,5618,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103353,5618,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','704'),
	(103354,5618,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103355,5618,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103356,5618,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103357,5618,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','There is a general prohibition on foreigners (natural or legal entities) acquiring any rights over fixed assets in Qatar.'),
	(218949,7662,'_practices','field_59b277d9c6f54'),
	(103358,5619,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">For retailers and landlords entering into long term leases and making significant capital investment in one of Qatar’s emerging malls, consideration should be given to the effects of agreeing to a keep open clause.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Keep Open</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Keep open clauses are commonly found in leases for retail units in shopping and retail centres. The purpose of such clauses is simple and two-fold: to dictate the opening hours of the retail shops and to ensure that the tenant of a retail unit continuously trades throughout the term of the lease. The level of detail found in keep open clauses can vary widely from lease to lease.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> The commercial objective of the keep open clause is simple, landlords want all shops in its centre, especially its anchor tenants, open for business and trading for the advertised opening hours to attract as much footfall and passing trade as possible. Where the centre rents are based on turnover, the keep open clause is even more essential to a landlord. Obviously, closed shops, even where the tenant continues to pay the rent, are undesirable, as closed shops can detract from the reputation and profile of the centre and ultimately the profitability, turnover, and the investment value of the centre. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Tenant to be Mindful</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">However, a tenant will not want to be obligated to keep open or keep operating its shop at full rent unless either: an ‘anchor’ tenant in the centre, or a certain number of other ‘major’ tenants, or, as a very minimum, that a certain number of ‘shops’ are also open and trading.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">In agreeing to a keep open clause, the tenant must be mindful of:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the level of discretion given to the landlord to change the opening hours and any financial penalties that can be imposed;</li>\r\n 	<li>finding itself obligated to stay open even when other shops, in particular an anchor tenant, that it is relying on for passing trade is allowed to close for refurbishment or moves out permanently; and</li>\r\n 	<li>ensuring it has flexibility to close for periods for operational reasons.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">For the majority of tenants, a landlord will be unwilling to accept a lease without a keep open clause. It may only be an anchor tenant who will be able to negotiate dispensing with a keep open clause, or to limit its effect. Indeed, certain anchor tenants simply will not accept the inclusion of a keep open provision. Whereas smaller tenants, who rely on passing trade from a larger shop for business and are not able to negotiate out of a keep open clause, may find themselves having to stay open when an anchor is closed for refurbishment or even moves out permanently.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Therefore, when negotiating a lease, tenants should seek assurances as to whether other tenants are subject to the same requirements to stay open, particularly if they are relying on any other major tenants’ trading. A tenant generally will not want to be obligated to open or keep operating its shop at full rent, unless an anchor shop in the centre (i.e. a department store or supermarket) is also open and operating, or a certain number of other major tenants are also open and operating, or, at the very least, a certain number of shops are open.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Landlord Perspective</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">From a landlord’s point of view, empty shop windows and vacant units can detract from the reputation and profile of a centre resulting in a decrease in footfall and the ability of the landlord to attract new tenants. Ultimately this may affect the investment value of the centre, particularly if the vacating tenant is an anchor tenant, and finding a replacement tenant may be difficult. In such cases, a landlord may wish to explore other remedies other than pursuing a breach of contract (lease) and termination.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>What if a tenant decides to cut its losses and close up shop?</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">If a tenant ceases to trade, but continues to pay rent and comply with all other terms of its lease, then it will be in breach of its lease, but what can a landlord do?</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\"> Unlike the Landlord and Tenant Law in Dubai, which provides a specific ground for eviction of the tenant of a commercial shop where ‘the tenant left the same without occupation and without legal reason for 30 continual days or 90 non-continual days in one year’, the Qatar Lease Law has no specific ground for termination and eviction based on ‘closing up shop’. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Whilst it may be arguable that closing up shop falls within the remit of the ground for eviction under Article 19 (iii) of the Qatar Lease Law, being ‘that the tenant is using the leased premises for purposes contrary to the lease provisions’, it is unlikely that the meaning of this ground would be extended so as to include a breach of a keep open clause. In any event, in an economic market where retailers are forcing store closures, a landlord would be unlikely to want to evict the tenant, as a replacement tenant may be hard to find. In which case, the landlord would likely want to seek alternative remedies, such as specific performance to force a tenant to continue or resume trading; or an injunction to prevent a tenant from closing if the landlord thinks that is likely.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Whilst specific performance and injunctive relief are available to the landlord in Qatar, under certain conditions, neither option is without potential difficulty. An order for specific performance can be refused if the performance of the same would be considered unduly onerous on the tenant. A tenant should also bear in mind that the courts also have powers to award, in certain circumstances, penalties for non-compliance with an order for specific performance and compensation, should a tenant fail to comply with such an order.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">How the Qatar courts will interpret a keep open provision, forcing a tenant to continue or resume trading, is yet to be seen. It is difficult to know if a Qatar court would accept tenant loss in itself as an excuse for breach and to what extent forcing a tenant to continue trading would be seen as unduly onerous. For landlords, the remedy of specific performance and the remedy of injunction, although available, may also prove to be futile if it pushes the tenant into insolvency.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">What is clear is that the keep open clause must be drafted in detail, and very clearly, to establish both the purpose of the clause and the benefit of reliance, in order to increase the likelihood of success in a landlord enforcing the same in Qatar.</p>'),
	(155849,5619,'core_values',''),
	(155850,5619,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155851,5619,'file',''),
	(103359,5619,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103360,5619,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103361,5619,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103362,5619,'content_description','With a new mall opening every other month (or so it seems) and an estimated ’annual average rise of 7.9% on the space dedicated to “modern retail sales” in Qatar’ by 2018, it is hard to imagine any retailer wanting to close up shop in Qatar. But there will be casualties as supply starts to exceed demand. '),
	(103363,5619,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103364,5619,'pageSummary','With a new mall opening every other month (or so it seems) and an estimated ’annual average rise of 7.9% on the space dedicated to “modern retail sales” in Qatar’ by 2018, it is hard to imagine any retailer wanting to close up shop in Qatar. But there will be casualties as supply starts to exceed demand.'),
	(103365,5619,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103366,5619,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/closing-up-shop-keep-open-provisions-in-a-qatar-retail-lease.html'),
	(103367,5619,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103368,5619,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','705'),
	(103369,5619,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103370,5619,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103371,5619,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103372,5619,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','For retailers and landlords entering into long term leases and making significant capital investment in one of Qatar’s emerging malls, consideration should be given to the effects of agreeing to a keep open clause.'),
	(218948,7662,'practices','1'),
	(103373,5620,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Initiatives flowing from the Saudi Vision 2030 and National Transformation Program have been viewed as providing a powerful impetus to both the encouragement of foreign investment generally in the kingdom and also to the Saudi Arabia real estate sector, despite the declining oil prices and consequent cuts in government spending.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Against this background of apparent opportunity, this article outlines the rules on foreign ownership of real estate in Saudi Arabia and recent developments to encourage investment in real estate.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Saudi Vision 2030 and the National Transformation Plan</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s3\">Vision 2030 maps out significant commitments by the Saudi Government relating to housing and the development of land for a variety of uses. In particular, Vision 2030 states: ‘Where it exists in strategic locations, we will also capitalise on the government’s reserves of real estate. We will allocate prime areas within cities for educational institutions, retail, and entertainment centres, large areas along our coasts will be dedicated to tourist projects and appropriate lands will be allocated for industrial projects.’</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Under the National Transformation Plan (the ‘Plan’), the housing sector, with a budget of SAR 59 billion, is the biggest area of government expenditure. The Plan also has targets of:-</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>increasing real estate sector contribution from GDP five per cent to 10 per cent;</li>\r\n 	<li>establishing partnerships with private sector developers to develop government land for housing projects; and</li>\r\n 	<li>establishing fast-track licences and special finance packages to encourage private sector investment in housing projects.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Ownership of land in Saudi Arabia </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Ownership of land in Saudi Arabia is generally restricted to Saudis, but this is subject to certain qualifications. For example, Gulf Cooperation Council (‘GCC’) nationals and GCC companies have certain rights to own land, subject to a number of restrictions.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A GCC company (with shareholders who are all GCC nationals) or a GCC national may lease or purchase land to use it to conduct any licensed business activity from the land, and may own residential properties in Saudi Arabia, subject to a number of restrictions and conditions. However, these concessions do not apply to properties within the vicinity of Mecca and Medina.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">As a matter of structuring, it should be noted that even the smallest equity interest held by a non-GCC entity will make a corporate entity ‘foreign’, triggering the requirement for a foreign investment licence, which includes conditions stipulating the amount of capital that must be invested and the timeframe for the investment by the foreign entity.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Additionally, foreigners (being non-GCC nationals or companies who are not 100 percent owned by GCC nationals) have certain rights to own land and property in Saudi Arabia. However, ownership is subject to a number of restrictions. One of the main issues is that foreign ownership of Saudi Arabia property must be linked to a particular project and is not a general right.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\"><strong>Structure for Investment in Real Estate</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Foreign Ownership of Real Estate Regulation (enacted by Royal Decree No. M/15 dated 17/04/1421H, corresponding to 19 July 2000G) regulates the acquisition by foreign, non-GCC nationals, of real estate in Saudi Arabia.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Under this regulation, the ownership and investment in real estate by a foreign investor is permitted, subject to obtaining a foreign investment licence from the Saudi Arabian General Investment Authority (‘SAGIA’).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A foreign company wishing to invest in real estate in Saudi Arabia will, generally speaking, need to establish a local Saudi Arabia registered entity (which can be wholly-owned by the foreign shareholders) in order to acquire title (either freehold or leasehold) to real estate in Saudi Arabia.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A foreign individual may own property in Saudi Arabia if he has normal legal residency status and has a permit from the Ministry of the Interior.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A non-GCC entity, generally, may own Saudi Arabia real estate that is reasonably required for:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the conduct of its professional, technical, or economic activities, including for its headquarters or warehouses;</li>\r\n 	<li>private residences for housing employees of a licensed project; or</li>\r\n 	<li>residential use by individuals with normal legal residency status.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">In addition, where the SAGIA licence permits, a non-GCC entity may own real estate in connection with a particular project for property development provided that, if the purchase of buildings or land is for the construction (by a Saudi Arabia licensed contractor) of buildings for investment purposes, whether through sale or lease, the following conditions must be complied with:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>the total cost of the project, both land and construction, may not be less than SAR 30 million (equivalent of USD 8 million); and</li>\r\n 	<li>the investment in the development must occur within five years of the purchase of the real estate.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">In addition to the SAGIA licence, SAGIA approval must be obtained before the purchase of any specific property.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\"> Foreign owned entities are restricted from acquiring any right of property in real estate within the borders of the cities of Mecca and Medina. There are also ownership restrictions where other regulations, resolutions of the Saudi Council of Ministers, and royal decisions expressly prohibit the acquisition of real estate in specified locations.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">However, currently, if a foreign investor wishes to acquire completed, developed retail, commercial, or mixed use property in Saudi Arabia, for the purpose of holding as a real estate investment (rather than for the purpose of developing the property), then:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>there is no law that permits such acquisition by a foreign entity (even with SAGIA approval); and</li>\r\n 	<li>we are not aware of any instance where a foreign company has been permitted to acquire property in Saudi Arabia merely for investment purposes, without further developing the property (in which case a real estate development licence, in addition to the minimum capital requirement and minimum timeframes to complete the development, are required).</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">Saudi Arabia also has a strict anti-fronting law, which must be carefully considered when structuring investments.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Recent Developments</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s4\">In 2016, the Capital Market Authority introduced new rules allowing the formation of Real Estate Investment Traded Funds (‘REITs’) on the Saudi Stock Exchange (the Tadawul), in an effort to open the real estate market to investment by a wider range of investors. The rules cover the management, operation, and ownership of the REITs.</span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A REIT is a real estate investment fund:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li>that is offered to the public;</li>\r\n 	<li>the units of which are traded on the Saudi Stock Exchange;</li>\r\n 	<li>where the primary investment objective is to invest in real estate developed through construction that generate periodic income, including residential, commercial, industrial, agricultural, and other types of real estates;</li>\r\n 	<li>which must distribute a prescribed percentage of its net profit in cash to the unit holders at least annually; and</li>\r\n 	<li>where the fund manager must appoint one or more appropriately licensed property management companies to manage the property held for investment.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class=\"p6\">The REIT property management companies should possess the necessary experience in real estate management, and should carry out the property management activities, including property management, property maintenance, leasing services, and rent collection. The fund manager may agree with a lessee in the lease contract that the lessee will manage and maintain the property during the leasing contract period.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Subscription in a REIT is open not only to Saudis but also GCC citizens and non- Saudi residents in Saudi Arabia. Non-resident foreign investors are also allowed to trade in the units of the REITs on the Tadawul.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The introduction of REITs has been regarded as part of the implementation of Saudi Vision 2030 and the National Transformation Plan. The new rules have the target of increasing real estate contribution from GDP five to 10 per cent annually and to provide private capital for the construction of around 1.5 million homes, as announced by the Saudi Government in June 2016 and planned over the next seven or so years.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Although the Saudi Arabia legal framework is quite restrictive on foreign ownership in real estate, it is hoped that the strong impetus given by Saudi Vision 2030 and the National Transformation Plan will see the introduction of greater flexibility in the rules. The introduction of REITs is a welcome step in the right direction.</p>'),
	(155949,5620,'core_values',''),
	(155950,5620,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155951,5620,'file',''),
	(155952,5620,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(155953,5620,'orderValue4','4'),
	(155954,5620,'_orderValue4','field_59d2096a8ff34'),
	(103374,5620,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103375,5620,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103376,5620,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103377,5620,'content_description','The Saudi Vision 2030 (‘Vision 2030’) (and the related National Transformation Plan) sets out the Saudi Government’s plan to diversify the Saudi Arabia economy and address the challenges brought by low global energy prices.'),
	(103378,5620,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103379,5620,'pageSummary','The Saudi Vision 2030 (‘Vision 2030’) (and the related National Transformation Plan) sets out the Saudi Government’s plan to diversify the Saudi Arabia economy and address the challenges brought by low global energy prices.'),
	(103380,5620,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103381,5620,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/real-estate-ownership-and-investment-in-saudi-arabia.html'),
	(103382,5620,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103383,5620,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','784'),
	(103384,5620,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103385,5620,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103386,5620,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103387,5620,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','Al Tamimi & Company outlines the rules on foreign ownership of real estate in Saudi Arabia and recent developments to encourage investment in real estate.'),
	(103388,5621,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><strong>Amendments to the Companies Law</strong></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s1\">One significant change has been the removal of minimal capital requirements when setting up a company in Bahrain. For instance, previously the minimum share capital requirement for limited liability companies was Bahraini Dinars 20,000 (approximately USD 53,250). This requirement has been removed. Instead the requirement is that the capital of a company must be sufficient to meet its business objectives. This change reinforces the requirement for strict correlation between a company’s activity and its share capital. This amendment provides flexibility and enables the Minister of Industry, Commerce and Tourism (“Minister”) to use his discretion in the incorporation of companies in Bahrain. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Changes to the Companies Law have also aimed to encourage foreign direct investment in Bahrain. Amendments include removing the requirement for all shareholders in a Bahraini public joint stock company to be Bahraini nationals. The Companies Law now allows the incorporation of public joint stock companies with foreign capital and expertise, whilst giving the Minister the discretion to impose foreign ownership restrictions within certain economic sectors or in relation to specific economic activity. Branches of foreign entities no longer require a Bahraini sponsor to set up a branch in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A new article 3 reduces all references to sixty days (60) in the Companies Law to fifteen days (15). This change aims to ensure that procedures are completed within a quarter of the time and thereby improves efficiency. The effect of this is yet to be seen.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Rent Law</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p3\">The Rent Law brought in much needed reform in the real estate sector in Bahrain. Formerly, there was no single consolidated legislation in this area. For over seventy years, various property lease laws in Bahrain only applied to certain municipalities or certain types of purposes and premises in relation to renewal of leases only. As a result, there was significant confusion over which law to apply resulting in inconsistency issues. The introduction of the Rent Law which applies to all types of leases in Bahrain, achieves the aim of providing clarity and consistency.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Rent Law introduced the requirement for all new leases to be registered by the landlord within one (1) month of being executed, at the Lease Registration Office, for which a prescribed fee is payable.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Previously, the landlord could increase the rent of both commercial and residential properties by no more than ten percent (10%) only once during the term of the lease agreement. If the landlord and tenant did not mutually agree to a rent increase before the lease expired then the landlord would lose his right to increase the rent. However, under the Rent Law unless the parties have agreed otherwise in writing, the Rent Law restricts a landlord from increasing the rent until the earlier of two (2) years from date of the lease. The Rent Law prescribes the level of the increase as five percent (5%) for residential leases and seven percent (7%) for all other leases. The rent cannot be increased more than five (5) times during the term of the lease. A landlord must provide a tenant with written notice of the rent increase not less than three (3) months from the expiry of the two (2) year period mentioned above.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Rent Law also established the ‘Rents Dispute Committee’ (“Committee”) as the local courts were inundated with cases relating to disputes between landlords and tenants. With the establishment of the Committee, any dispute relating to and/or arising out of any lease agreement now have to be brought before the Committee. However, once a judgement is issued by the Committee in a case, the losing party may lodge an appeal with the court of appeal. Despite this, the establishment of the Committee means that there will still be an overall reduction in the burden on the civil courts.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Rent Law is a welcome and long-awaited development in the regulation of the real estate sector of Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s2\"><strong>Proposals for reform to the civil procedure rules</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Bahrain’s civil procedure rules are in much need of reform in relation to pre-action protocols, case management procedures and legal fees and costs.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Under the Civil Commercial Procedures Law (the “CCPA”) there are no pre-action protocols that have to be followed by parties contemplating litigation. Although there are basic case management procedures that set out the procedures that must be followed until the first hearing in case (which is when legal proceedings officially commence in Bahrain), once the first hearing takes place, there is no established procedure for the management of a case, including no established rules for disclosure and inspection of documents. Introducing pre-action protocols would help encourage settlements and where settlement is not achieved it would narrow down the legal issues in a dispute to facilitate a more efficient and cost effective trial process.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The timeline and management of a case depends on the particular circumstances of the case and the judge’s discretion. There is also no established system of checks and balances to ensure that the parties abide by case procedural requirements. A defendant can potentially stall legal proceedings by abusing the process, for example, by failing to submit documents that may be required of him. There is much need for cases to be tried within specific time frames established at the beginning of a case.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Bahraini courts have broad discretion in determining how to apportion the costs of a case. However, in practice lawyers’ fees are borne by each party and the winning party’s legal fees will not be ordered to be paid by the losing party. This is because the courts tend to see the client–lawyer relationship as a personal one. This makes litigation a less cost-effective method of dispute resolution as defendants can drag a case on to the point of financial harassment for the claimant. By introducing a system whereby the losing party pays the winning party’s legal fees and costs, it would discourage parties to bring frivolous claims and would encourage parties to be mindful of their conduct during the litigation process.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The amendments to the Companies Law and the introduction of the Lease Law have brought about much needed change to the legal landscape of Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><em>A version of this article has been previously published on The Oath website in February 2016.</em></p>'),
	(155781,5621,'core_values',''),
	(155782,5621,'_core_values','field_59b64ab071de4'),
	(155783,5621,'file',''),
	(155784,5621,'_file','field_59b64c10f6600'),
	(103389,5621,'_content','field_59b649b5c8b2b'),
	(103390,5621,'lawUpdateArticleMonth','5593'),
	(103391,5621,'_lawUpdateArticleMonth','field_59da2a396b063'),
	(103392,5621,'content_description','Bahrain’s legal system has recently undergone significant changes. In this article we shall explore some of the more significant changes that have been introduced as a result of the implementation of Law No. 27 of 2014 in relation to property leases in Bahrain (“Rent Law”) as well as Law No. 50 of 2014 which is an amendment to the Commercial Companies Law (Law No. 21 of 2001) (together “Companies Law”) which has improved the business regulatory environment in Bahrain. We shall also discuss proposed changes to improve the civil procedure rules in Bahrain. '),
	(103393,5621,'_content_description','field_59b641c07f473'),
	(103394,5621,'pageSummary','Bahrain’s legal system has recently undergone significant changes. In this article we shall explore some of the more significant changes that have been introduced as a result of the implementation of Law No. 27 of 2014 in relation to property leases in Bahrain (“Rent Law”) as well as Law No. 50 of 2014 which is an amendment to the Commercial Companies Law (Law No. 21 of 2001) (together “Companies Law”) which has improved the business regulatory environment in Bahrain. We shall also discuss proposed changes to improve the civil procedure rules in Bahrain.'),
	(103395,5621,'_pageSummary','field_59e59b307dec8'),
	(103396,5621,'currentURL','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/en/magazine/law-update/section-15/march-10/bahrains-changing-legal-landscape.html'),
	(103397,5621,'_currentURL','field_59d35123ab1e7'),
	(103398,5621,'lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','603'),
	(103399,5621,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters_0_lawUpdateArticleWriter','field_59da2ac06b065'),
	(103400,5621,'lawUpdateArticleWriters','1'),
	(103401,5621,'_lawUpdateArticleWriters','field_59da2a866b064'),
	(103402,5621,'lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','411'),
	(103403,5621,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices_0_lawUpdateArticlePractice','field_59dc79c8e10ce'),
	(103404,5621,'lawUpdateArticlePractices','1'),
	(103405,5621,'_lawUpdateArticlePractices','field_59dc7918de021'),
	(103406,5621,'_yoast_wpseo_metadesc','In this article we shall explore some of the more significant changes that have been introduced as a result of the implementation of Law No. 27 of 2014 in relation to property leases in Bahrain (“Rent Law”) as well as Law No. 50 of 2014'),
	(218947,7662,'_admission','field_59b2711bb4391'),
	(211241,5608,'_edit_lock','1525465090:1'),
	(211242,5607,'_edit_lock','1525465871:1'),
	(103407,5622,'content','March 2017\r\n\r\n<hr />\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Board of Directors, as commonly referred to as the ‘Board’ or individually as the ‘Directors’ as headed by a chairman, have, by law, the widest powers to run the day-to-day business affairs of the company and represent the company before third parties, including various governmental authorities, state agencies, and courts, unless otherwise restricted in the company’s statutes. Consequently, it is quite understandable that such broad powers would bring along a correspondingly equal liability exposure. Such liability can be particularly raised by the shareholders and/or the company itself.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The duties and liabilities imposed on the Directors of a joint stock company (whether such Directors are natural or juristic persons) are stipulated in several legislative sources in Egypt. The main source is the Law Concerning Joint Stock Companies, Partnerships Limited by Shares and Limited Liability Companies (Law No. 159 of 1981) and its Executive Regulations, as amended, (the “Companies Law”) in addition to some piecemeal provisions under the Commercial Code (Law No. 17 of 1999) (the “Commercial Code”), as well as the Capital Market Law (Law No. 95 of 1992) and its Executive Regulations.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Parameters and Requirements of Directorship</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\"><span class=\"s2\">Basically, for a person to qualify for directorship, he cannot be convicted of a felony or misdemeanour for theft, fraud, dishonesty, forgery, bankruptcy with deceit, or any other penalty provided for under the Companies Law. The requirement not to have a criminal record is also a condition for a Director to remain in the office. </span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Appointing a Director, without observing the requirements set by the Companies Law, could give rise to the criminal liability of the person(s) involved in appointing such Director. Such liability further extends to the Director entrusted with the management of the company or the so called ‘Managing Director’ (i.e. the CEO).</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Fiduciary Duties</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Additional to the specific statutory duties and obligations of the Directors under the Companies Law and other relevant laws, the courts rely on a general concept of fiduciary duties being owed by a Director to the company and its shareholders. In that sense, a Director is assumed to owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act diligently, honestly, and in the company’s best interest.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Egyptian State Council has issued a ruling to the effect that a Director is deemed to be an agent of the shareholders and, in this respect, he owes a fiduciary duty to the company to act honestly and avoid, unless otherwise permitted, conflict of interests. According to the Companies Law, Directors are required to inform the Board of any transaction in which they may have a conflicting interest and shall have no right to vote with respect to such matter. Furthermore, a Director must not trade for his own account, or a third party’s account, in the same branch of activities of the company without the specific permission of the general assembly of shareholders, otherwise, such transactions would be deemed to have been made in the company’s favour.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">A Director’s breach of his fiduciary duties would give rise to his/its liability vis-à-vis the shareholders and the company. A breaching Director who has acted to the detriment of the company would be liable to pay equitable compensation to the shareholders and the company where the latter to seek legal recourse.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Statutory Duties</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Directors of a joint stock company in Egypt are bound to run the business and affairs of the company towards achieving its object. Such management shall, in all events, be in strict compliance with the scope of their powers as determined by the Companies Law and the statutes of the company.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Director’s statutory duties are spread out under the various provisions of the Companies Law and its Executive Regulations. Some of these duties give rise to criminal liability in case of breach. By way of example, a Director would be subject to imprisonment for not less than two years and a monetary penalty of not less than two thousand Egyptian pounds and not more than ten thousand Egyptian pounds in the event that the Director, among other things, resolves on matters related to dividend distributions in a manner contradictory with the provisions of the Companies Law or the statutes of the company, or intentionally commits an act of forgery in the company’s documents or otherwise presents misleading documents or falsified data to the general assembly. The sanction would be imposed personally on the perpetrating Director, if an individual, and on the corporate Director and/or its representative, in case the Director is a juristic person.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">Moreover, the Director who fails to observe the parameters and scope of his directorship and powers, breaches any of the mandatory rules under the Companies Law, or intentionally obstructs the invitation of the general assembly of shareholders to convene shall be personally subject to a monetary penalty of not less than two thousand Egyptian pounds, but not exceeding ten thousand Egyptian pounds.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The aforementioned criminal liability would not prejudice third party’s rights, including the shareholders and the company, to invoke the breaching Director’s civil liability and claim damages remedying the losses incurred thereby due to the misconduct of such Director.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Directors’ Personal Liability for Insolvent Trading </strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">One of the significant protections invoked for the company and its shareholders, against the Directors who fail to observe their duties and conduct the business and management diligently, is the threat of rendering the Directors bankrupt upon the bankruptcy of the company. Pursuant to the Commercial Code, a Director who undertakes commercial activities for his own benefit under the company’s umbrella and disposes of the company’s funds and property, as if they were his own funds, may be declared bankrupt along with the company.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Commercial Code further provides that the bankruptcy court may oblige the Directors or some of them, jointly or severally, to pay the debts of the company where the assets are insufficient to settle at least 20 per cent of such debts, unless the Directors prove that they have managed the company according to the standards of a reasonable person.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Directors’ Release</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">According to the Companies Law, the general assembly of shareholders has to annually review the Directors’ actions and decide whether to absolve the Directors of any liability resulting from their actions and management of the company during the pertinent year. In the event that the general assembly of shareholders decides to absolve the Directors, the shareholders and the company would have then waived their rights of recourse against the Directors, except in the case of a default that was then not known or disclosed to the general assembly.</p>\r\n<p class=\"p2\"><span class=\"s1\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></p>\r\n<p class=\"p1\">The Directors of a company, whether natural or juristic persons, owe a fiduciary duty to such company and its shareholders and must at all times act within the scope of the powers vested therein, as well as the applicable laws and regulations. Directors’ decisions in the course of carrying out regular managerial duties shall be binding to the company vis-à-vis bona fide third parties. However, where the Directors exceed the scope of their duties or commit negligence or wilful misconduct in the course of management (as based on the actions of a reasonable person), the Directors would be liable vis-à-vis the shareholders and the company for such actions. Such liability cannot be limited or released except to the extent decided by the general assembly and provided always that the Directors’ actions do not give rise to criminal liability.</p>'),
